Conveyors and Housing

Mechanical components by mail order
5/5
2013
Conveyors
and housing
Tel. +33(0) 37 496 496
www.hpceurope.com
Image index 1/4

Suction cup
Suction cup
threaded insert
p.17
Holding arm
p.20
p.25
Conveyor wheel
New
Brush panels
p.28
Free running
conveyor roller
p.46
p.58
Idler sprocket
p.80
Idler
p.86
p.24
Roller track
p.51
Caster
Stainlelss
stee
New
New
p.44
Clip-on support
brush
New
p.92
Wear strip
p.52
Plate chain
p.63
Clamping collar
Track
New
p.37
p.50
p.54
p.22
Omni-directionnal
roller
Ball transfer unit
Drive sprocket
New
Angular clamp
Manual bench
press
Suction finger
New
Connector
p.72
Rubber wheel for
conveyor belt
New
p.97
Brush strip for

bottling and
packaging application
Stainlelss
stee
p.100
p.104
p.108
p.118
2/4
Discounts : maximum discount on price list 2012

Stock : depending on availability
New : new product
Guidance brush
p.119
Round guide
Stainlelss
stee
Guiding profile
clamp
p.120
Hub clamp
Swivel head
Stainlelss
stee
p.130
Cell carrier
assembly
New
Stainlelss
stee
p.132
Adjustable cross
clamp
p.138
Reflector support
p.145
Foot
p.126
Support bracket
End cap for tube
p.160
Modular cylindrical
p.178
p.168
Antistatic brush
Clip on Quarter
turn latch
New
New
p.191
p.196
p.134
Adjustable cellNe
w
support
p.144
Bipod and tripod
p.152
Stainlelss brush
stee
Sealing brush strip
Adjustable guide
support bracket
p.142
p.148
Flanged bearing
Stainlelss
stee
Stainlelss
stee p.127
p.133
Fixed tube carrier
p.139
Multiple junction
clamp
Adjusting rod for

clamp
p.200
p.157
Brush strip
p.184
Turn the page

please
Image index 3/4

Decorative hinge
New
p.202
Telescopic rail
Friction hinge
New
Stainlelss
stee
p.225
Square tube
p.234
Handle
Gas spring
p.244
Bolt-on hinge
Standard profile
Stainlelss
stee
p.260
Tools for
aluminium profile
Open shannel
p.257
Standard
aluminium profile
p.258
Aluminium profile
with extendable
slot
p.277
p.287
p.283
Fastener
p.289
Joining plate
p.297
p.253
Sliding profile
Cable-carrier
chain
Joining bar
p.294
p.246
p.276
p.286
Fastener
Panel holder
Manual lock
p.256
p.255
p.230
p.226
Connector
Magnetic
doorstop
Sealing strip
p.291
Joints for aluminium
profiles
p.298
New
p.301
4/4
Discounts : maximum discount on price list 2012

Stock : depending on availability
New : new product
Coupling bar
Right angled
bracket
p.303
Floor anchor
New
Clamp and comer

reinforcement
p.306
Caster
Anchoring bracket
and anchor foot
p.309
Articulated
bracket
p.310
Hinge
New
p.312
Closing mechanism
New
p.324
Lock for
aluminium profiles
New
New
p.327
Latch for
aluminium profiles
New
p.332
Wheel
New
p.318
Closing system
Dual purpose
strip and cover for
aluminium profile
p.346
New
New
p.330
Detector support
for aluminium
profiles
New
p.331
Cable
New
p.338
p.335
Shaft support
p.343
Profile mounting
strip brushes
p.322
Modular handle
p.333
Roller block for

aluminium profiles
p.342
p.320
Handle
Roller wheel
p.344
Miniature
adjusting unit
p.345
Modular linear
guide system
New
p.348
p.355
p.358
24/48h delivery*
for articles in stock
+33(0)4 37 496 496 - www.hpceurope.com

*Contact us for full details
Table of contents
Image index............................................................................................................................................................... p.1
Commercials informations................................................................................................................................p.6
Buyers guide........................................................................................................................................................ p.10
11
Index icons........................................................................................................................................................................ p.13

Products pages............................................................................................................................................... p.14
363
Machine tools parts...................................................................................................................... p.14
41
Manutention..................................................................................................................................... p.42
69
Plate chains and accessories.............................................................................................. p.70
113
Guides................................................................................................................................................p.114
135
Detection......................................................................................................................................... p.136
149
Conveyor components.......................................................................................................... p.150
173
Brushes............................................................................................................................................ p.174
197
Casing................................................................................................................................................ p.198
241
Square tube structures....................................................................................................... p.242
263
Modular structures.................................................................................................................. p.264
315
Accessories for modular structure............................................................................... p.316
363
367
General terms and conditions of sale.........................................................................................p.364
Name index....................................................................................................................................................p.368
373
Part number index....................................................................................................................................p.374
382
Engrenages HPC in Europe................................................................................................................................. p.383

Request of catalog.................................................................................................................................................... p.384
Customer account n:
Sales contact:
Internet password : .....................................
+33(0)4 37 490 055 - cial2@hpceurope.com
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 5
Services available from

EASY ORDERING
Personalised advice from our technical and sales
teams is available by telephone from Monday to
Friday from 08.00 to 12.20 and 13.40 to 18.00,
just call +33 (0) 4 37 496 496
We can also be contacted by fax, email or post.
PERSONALISED SOLUTIONS
7000 standard parts available from stock
Custom parts can be machined to order from
samples or drawings
Items not listed in catalogue can also be supplied
Medium and large production runs available on
request
ONLINE ORDERING AVAILABLE 24/24

www.hpceurope.com references 29,000 parts
Instant online quote generation
Datasheets in PDF format and 3D models can be
downloaded free of charge from the site
6 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
www.hpceurope.com - +33(0)4 37 496 496
SAFE PAYMENT
Credit
Cheque
Bank
Card
Transfer
Our bank details:
BNP PARIBAS
18 Chemin de Gargantua
69570 Dardilly
N de compte: 00010041122
Bank
draft
FAST DELIVERY
Any order for articles in stock received before
15.00 will be delivered before 18.00 the following
day*
Free delivery for all orders over 50*
GENERAL INFORMATION
Engrenages HPC SARL, share capital 76224E
Company registration N382911907 RCS Lyon
French SIC code : APE 4669B
VAT N FR 41382911907
58, Chemin de la Bruyre
69570 Dardilly Lyon France
Email: cial2@hpceurope.com
Website: www.hpceurope.com
Tel +33(0)4 37496496
Fax +33(0)4 37490055
*Some restrictions apply. For deliveries to French mainland only.
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 7
Ordering from
A guide
FIND YOUR PRODUCT
Picture index
on p.1
RCX TAC
LWL
PTA
Part N index
on p.368
A CD
B
Alphabetical index
on p.374
SAVING TIME
Prepare the following information will speed up the ordering process :
Your HPC account number (if you have one)
Your name and that of your company
Delivery and invoice addresses
Your official order number
The number of any quotation received
Part numbers and quantities required
Required delivery date
If ordering from outside France, we will need your VAT N
8 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Technical
support
ces
For all your questions

and requests for quotation
To
ler
an
ul
d
a(
orm
F
Advi
mz
ce
Byers guide
Linear motion
Telescopic slides
Part number
GLT140
GLT142
GLT110
GLT120
GLT5012
Description
2 rails
2 rails
3 rails
3 rails
3 rails
Load (kg)
30
40
30
40
30
50
30
50
40
Max. stroke
length(mm)
165
440
262
450
330
630
330
630
Rail material
aluminium
aluminium
aluminium
aluminium
steel
Removable
slide
Lockable
Price
Pages
234
235
236
237
238
521
50
1232
Contact
element
10 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
: without balls
: with balls
GLT5012/SS
GLT210
GLT220
GLT230
3 rails
3 rails
3 rails
80
80
40
521
50
1232
330
630
330
630
Stainless steel
aluminium
aluminium
239
240
241
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 11
Your parts
made to measure
Bore, keyway,
standard modification...
Machined to drawings or
from samples...
Send us your requests to

cial2@hpceurope.com
Index icons
Internal bore
Angles
Modifiable
Non-modifiable
Load
Axial load
Radial load
Heavy duty
Max load
1 tonne
Delivery time
1T
In hours or weeks
Method of fabrication
Moulded
Machined
Compatibility
Robotic
industry
Food industry
Maintenance
Maintenance
free
No lubrication
Applicable
Industrial
Manual
Standards
Material
Steel
Stainless steel
Aluminium
Brass
Bronze
Nylon
Copper
Plastic
Delrin
Peek
DIN
ISO
Origin
Japan
Switzerland
Quality
from 1 to 8
Others
Cast iron
Bi-directional
Precision
Low
temperatures
High
temperatures
Duo
Bearings
Corrosion
Shock
Light
No fixing
Miniature size
Low cost
range
High
speed of
rotation
Resistant to
Special HPC
Custom-made
In stock
Modulable
In imperial
Easy assembly
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 13
ne s
i
h
c art
a
M l p .41
too.16-p
p
Suction cup
p.17
Insert for suction
cups
p.20
Connector
New
Angular clamp
p.22
Holding arm
New
New
p.24
Suction finger
p.25
Bench presse
p.37
New p.28
Suction cups
Introduction
A suction cup allows you to lift and move objects that differ in shape, size and weight by means
of a vacuum. The Venturi phenomenon allows a vacuum to be created inside the cup lowering the
internal atmospheric pressure by 30 to 98%, thus creating a near vacuum.
The theoretical holding force (N) of a suction cup is calculated by multiplying the surface area of
the suction cup by the decrease in pressure (%):
Suction force (N) = suction cup surface area (cm2) x vacuum level (%) x 0.099366
To guarantee operational safety and to allow for movement and acceleration, safety coefficients
should be applied, these are a Factor of 3 for horizontally applied suction cups and 5 for those
vertically applied to allow for any sliding.
You will find the typical forces (N) of the suction cups at different vacuum rates (%) in the table
below.
Example: for a 50mm diameter suction cup and a 90% vacuum, the theoretical suction force =
175.5N = 17.5kg = 5.83kg (when FoS of 3 applied).
Suction cup
diameter
(mm)
5
6
8
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
Materials
Surface
area
cm2
0,196
0,282
0,502
0,785
1,767
3,141
4,908
7,068
9,621
12,56
19,63
28,27
10%
0,195
0,280
0,499
0,780
1,755
3,121
4,877
7,023
9,560
12,48
19,51
28,09
Theoretical force (N) of the suction cup at vacuum level (%)

20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
0,390 0,585 0,780 0,975 1,170 1,365 1,560
0,561 0,842 1,123 1,404 1,685 1,966 2,247
0,998 1,498 1,997 2,497 2,996 3,496 3,995
1,560 2,341 3,121 3,902 4,682 5,462 6,243
3,511 5,267 7,023 8,779 10,53 12,29 14,04
6,243 9,365 12,48 15,60 18,73 21,85 24,97
9,755 14,63 19,51 24,38 29,26 34,14 39,02
14,04 21,07 28,09 35,11 42,14 49,16 56,19
19,12 28,68 38,24 47,80 57,36 66,92 76,84
24,97 37,46 49,94 62,43 74,92 87,40 99,89
39,02 58,53 78,04 97,55 117,0 136,5 156,0
56,19 84,28 112,3 140,4 168,5 196,6 224,7
Shore
Working
temperature C hardness Colour
55 5
black
NBR = Nitrile -25 to +110
55 5 translucent
SI = Silicone -30 to +220
NR = Natural rubber
50 5
-25 to +90
grey
Information
most common
resistant to high and low
temperatures, suitable for food prep.
good friction resistance and very
supple
excellent 6
16 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
oil and
grease
acid
alkali
hot water
4
4
2
petrol
4
5
4
ozone
wear
5
4
3
friction
elasticity
4
5
4
age
cracking
NBR = Nitrile
SI = Silicone
NR = Natural rubber
tearing
Resistance: insufficient 1
Materials
90%
1,755
2,528
4,495
7,023
15,80
28,09
43,89
63,21
86,04
112,3
175,5
252,8
4
5
2
4
4
2
4
6
3
5
4
3
6
6
3
2
3
1
4
3
2
4
3
2
Suction cup, 1.5 bellows

For uneven surfaces
DCA
- Materials:
nitrile (NBR)
silicone (SI)
natural rubber (NR)
l
Natura
rubber
.Uses.
- For moving parts with uneven surfaces
d
d
A
A
H
Part number
DCA05-NBR
DCA11-NBR
DCA14-NBR
DCA16-NBR
DCA20-NBR
DCA22-NBR
DCA25-NBR
DCA33-NBR
DCA43-NBR
DCA20 to DCA43
H
5,5
11,0
14,0
16,0
20,0
22,0
25,0
33,0
43,0
11,1
16,0
16,0
19,0
16,0
19,0
23,0
27,5
28,0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
13
13
DCA05-SI
DCA11-SI
DCA14-SI
DCA16-SI
DCA20-SI
DCA22-SI
DCA25-SI
DCA33-SI
DCA43-SI
5,5
11,0
14,0
16,0
20,0
22,0
25,0
33,0
43,0
11,1
16,0
16,0
19,0
16,0
19,0
23,0
27,5
28,0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
13
13
DCA05-NR
DCA11-NR
DCA14-NR
DCA16-NR
DCA20-NR
DCA22-NR
DCA25-NR
DCA33-NR
DCA43-NR
5,5
11,0
14,0
16,0
20,0
22,0
25,0
33,0
43,0
11,1
16,0
16,0
19,0
16,0
19,0
23,0
27,5
28,0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
13
13
Silicone
Natural rubber
*Depending on availability - Dimensions in mm
Nitrile
DISCOUNTS
DCA05 to DCA16
Nitrile
e
Silicon
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

200+
Disc. List -5% -10% -15% On request
Corresponding
thread insert
Stock*
TM5M5
4
4
4
4
4,06 F
3,74 F
3,89 F
3,89 F
4,44 F
4,06 F
4,25 F
4,40 F
4,67 F
4
4
4
4
4
4,93 F
4,77 F
4,77 F
4,77 F
4,77 F
4,77 F
4,93 F
5,45 F
5,53 F
4
4
4
4
4,06 F
3,74 F
3,89 F
3,89 F
3,89 F
4,06 F
4,25 F
4,40 F
4,67 F
CTM10M5
SCR30M6
TM5M5
CTM10M5
SCR30M6
TM5M5
CTM10M5
SCR30M6
HPC
Price each
1 to 49
Volume 5 2013
5 17
Suction cup, 2.5 bellows

For uneven and curved surfaces
DCG
- Suction cup to lift and move objects
- Materials:
nitrile (NBR), silicone (SI), natural rubber (NR)
.Uses.
l
Natubrear
rub
- F or moving parts with irregular or curved surfaces

- These bellows allow for a more supple and faster grip,
and also compensate for differences in height
d
d
A
DCG30 to DCG60
Part number
DCG07C-NBR
DCG10-NBR
DCG15-NBR
DCG18-NBR
DCG20-NBR
DCG25-NBR
DCG30-NBR
DCG40-NBR
DCG60-NBR
7
9
14
18
20
25
32
42
62
14,2
15,0
23,0
23,0
23,0
34,0
38,0
46,0
55,0
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
10
12
13
13
13
16
23
24
24
DCG07C-SI
DCG10-SI
DCG15-SI
DCG18-SI
DCG20-SI
DCG25-SI
DCG30-SI
DCG40-SI
DCG60-SI
7
9
14
18
20
25
32
42
62
14,2
15,0
23,0
23,0
23,0
34,0
38,0
46,0
55,0
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
10
12
13
13
13
16
23
24
24
DCG07C-NR
DCG10-NR
DCG15-NR
DCG18-NR
DCG20-NR
DCG25-NR
DCG30-NR
DCG40-NR
DCG60-NR
07
09
14
18
20
25
32
42
62
14,2
15,0
23,0
23,0
23,0
34,0
38,0
46,0
55,0
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
10
12
13
13
13
16
23
24
24
Silicone
Natural rubber
18 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
e
Silicon
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

200+
DCG07C to DCG25
Nitrile
Nitrile
DISCOUNTS
Corresponding
thread insert
CTM10M5
SCR30M6
CTM10M5
SCR30M6
CTM10M5
SCR30M6
Stock*
Price each
1 to 49
4
4
4
-
3,74 F
3,57 F
3,89 F
4,06 F
4,06 F
4,06 F
5,04 F
4,57 F
6,99 F
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
4,77 F
4,57 F
4,77 F
4,93 F
4,93 F
4,93 F
5,45 F
5,45 F
8,37 F
4
4
3,74 F
3,57 F
3,89 F
4,06 F
4,06 F
4,06 F
4,40 F
4,57 F
6,99 F
Flat suction cup

For flat surfaces
DFG
- Suction cup to lift and move objects
- Materials:
nitrile (NBR)
silicone (SI)
e
Silicon
.Uses.
- Ideal where accuracy is required
- Only for use on flat surfaces
D
J
B
B
H
H
G
E
F
Nitrile
C
A
DFG05A to DFG10A
DFG15 to DFG50
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

200+
Part number
Corresponding
Price each
J thread insert Stock* 1 to 49
DFG05A-NBR
DFG06A-NBR
DFG08A-NBR
DFG10A-NBR
DFG15-NBR
DFG20-NBR
DFG25-NBR
DFG30-NBR
DFG40-NBR
DFG50-NBR
5,0
6,0
8,0
10,0
15,7
20,9
25,0
30,0
40,0
50,0
4,0
4,0
4,0
4,0
4,5
5,5
6,0
6,0
6,0
8,0
1,4
2,0
2,0
2,0
11,0
11,0
11,0
11,0
20,0
7,5
7,5
8,0
8,5
12,0
15,0
16,0
14,0
24,0
27,0
6,5
6,5
7,0
7,0
8,0
10,0
14,0
12,0
14,0
15,0
0,80
0,80
1,20
1,50
2,00
2,17
3,00
2,00
4,00
3,50
4
4
4
4
-
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
3,5
4,6
7,0
7,0
7,0
7,0
6
6
6
6
-
DFG05A-SI
DFG06A-SI
DFG08A-SI
DFG10A-SI
DFG15-SI
DFG20-SI
DFG25-SI
DFG30-SI
DFG40-SI
DFG50-SI
5,0
6,0
8,0
10,0
15,7
20,9
25,0
30,0
40,0
50,0
4,0
4,0
4,0
4,0
4,5
5,5
6,0
6,0
6,0
8,0
1,4
2,0
2,0
2,0
11,0
11,0
11,0
11,0
20,0
7,5
7,5
8,0
8,5
12,0
15,0
16,0
14,0
24,0
27,0
6,5
6,5
7,0
7,0
8,0
10,0
14,0
12,0
14,0
15,0
0,80
0,80
1,20
1,50
2,00
2,17
3,00
2,00
4,00
3,50
4
4
4
4
-
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
3,5
4,6
7,0
7,0
7,0
7,0
6
6
6
6
-
Nitrile
Silicone
HPC
TM5M5
SCR15M5
SCR20M5
SCR20BM6
SCR50M6
TM5M5
SCR15M5
SCR20M5
SCR20BM6
SCR50M6
4
4
4
4
4
4
2,55 F
2,55 F
2,55 F
2,55 F
2,55 F
2,88 F
2,55 F
2,55 F
3,38 F
5,24 F
4
4
4
4
4
3,38 F
3,38 F
3,38 F
3,38 F
3,38 F
3,38 F
3,38 F
3,38 F
4,40 F
8,35 F
Volume 5 2013
5 19
Suction cup threaded insert

Snap-on
TM
CTM
CTF
Female
- Threaded insert for suction cup

- Material: nickel brass
Male
M
Assembly diagram
A/F
female
male
Assembly example
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

200+
Part number
TM5M5
CTM10M5
CTM10G18
CTF10G18
M
M5
M5
1/8
1/8
H
12,0
13,5
19,5
18,5
each
Stock* Price
For suction cup
A/F type
1 to 49
8
mle DFG05A, DFG06A, DFG08A, DFG10A, DCA05
4
1,48 F
DCA11, DCA14, DCA16, DCA22, DCA25,
13
mle
4
1,74 F
13
mle DCG05C, DCG07C, DCG10, DCG12, DCG15,
4
1,87 F
DCG18, DCG20, DCG25
13 femelle
4
1,93 F
20 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Suction cup threaded insert

Socket screw
SCR
ADAG
- Material: nickel brass
Socket screw insert
Assembly diagram
M
A/F
female
Adaptor
DISCOUNTS
male
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

200+
Insert socket head

Part number
SCR15M5
SCR20M5
SCR30M6
SCR20BM6
SCR50M6
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6
H
9
11
19
14
17
For suction cup

DFG15
DFG20
DCA33, DCA43, DCG30,
DCG40, DCG60
DFG25, DFG30, DFG40
DFG50
For adaptor
ADAG18M5F
ADAG18F5F
ADAG18F6F,
ADAG18M6F
ADAG14F6F
ADAG14M6F
each
Stock* Price
1 to 49
2,34 F
3,06 F
4
4
1,48 F
3,06 F
4,26 F
4
-
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

200+
Adaptor
Part number M
ADAG18F6F 1/8
ADAG14F6F 1/4
ADAG18M6F 1/8
ADAG14M6F 1/4
ADAG18M5F 1/8
ADAG18F5F 1/8
For socket screw insert

H A/F type
14,0 13
female
SCR30M6,
17,5 17
female
SCR20BM6,
13,0 13
male
SCR50M6
15,0 17
male
13,0 13
male
SCR15M5, SCR20M5
14,0 13
female
HPC
Stock*
4
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 49
1,93 F
2,88 F
1,93 F
1,93 F
2,88 F
1,93 F
Volume 5 2013
5 21
Double cross clamp

Crossed or parallel
nDS
- For 20 tubes or shafts
- Multiple connection possibilities,
either at right angles or for
extending length of tubular
elements
- Material :
Aluminium with steel screws
.Advantages.
- Clip on, tool free assembly
Crossed version
D
B
NDS-20/C
Parrallel version
C
New
A
H
E
NDS-20/P

Part number
NDS-20/C
NDS-20/P
Dimensions in mm
22 5
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 10+
30+
Disc. List -5% On request

Weight Price each
Type
A B
C
D H E (g) 1 to 9
crossed
20
22
24
60
58
24,97 F
parallel
20
26
64
14
25 12,5
60
23,16 F
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Angular connector
Universal
NDS
- Offers multiple connection possibilities for
vacuum gripping system elements
- Material :
Aluminium
- Fixing kit not supplied
.Advantages.
-C
ompatible with 20-30mm profiles
and 40-60mm profiles with rectangular
mounting holes
.Accessories.
- PRF-ECLM8 nut
- M8 screw, length 20-22mm
New
D
10
20
le
tab
jus
Ad
20
D
DISCOUNTS
Typical mounting arrangement
Part number
NDS-1/4/C
Dimensions in mm
A
G1/4
B
30
C
29-39
D
G1/4
HPC
Qty 1+ 10+
30+
Price each
Weight (g)
1 to 9
94
30,28 F
Volume 5 2013
5 23
Angular clamp
For profile systems
BAN
- Easy to add to most profiles
- Material :
Aluminium
New
.Advantages.
- Wide range of assembly possibilities
- Angular clamp : space saving when
assembling compact
- Universal angular clamp: Compatible with
20mm and 300 mm profile systems with
oblong holes
- Adjustable angular clamp : Flexible
positioning of gripping elements due to use
of rectangular holes
BAN/A
BAN/U
BAN
B
A
C
.Accessories.
- PRF-ECLM8 nut
- M8 screw, length 20-22mm
H
Angular clamp
B A
B A
C
C
F
N
Universal angular clamp
F H
N
Adjustable angular clamp
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 10+
30+

Weight Price each

Part number Type A B C D L H F N (g) 1 to 9
BAN-20
20 45 24,5 12
20
103
26,21F
BAN-30
30 68 34
17
20
172
30,89F
BAN-20/U
universal
20 30 32-42
20
10 33
114
26,20F
BAN-30/U
universal
30 35 37-47
20
10 42
122
32,10F
BAN-20/A
adjustable 20 30 21
100 130 12,5
140
32,29F
BAN-30/A
adjustable 30 35 25,5 100 159 20
10 42
213
37,57F
Dimensions in mm
24 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Holding arm
BDPr
Rigid
- Universal support arm
- Material :
.Advantages.
- Reliable operation
- Flexible mounting
New
BDP20-50/R
BAN20/U
cF
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 10+
Disc. List -5%

Weight
A B C L
F N (g)
Part number
BDP20-50/R
20
15
20
50
25
35
61
BDP20-100/R
20
15
20
100
25
35
80
BDP20-150/R
20
15
20
150
25
35
95
BDP30-200/R
30
17
30
200
35
42
95
Typical application
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Volume 5 2013
30+
On request
Price each
1 to 9
33,90F
41,45F
43,49F
53,40F
5 25
Support arm
Single axe of rotation
BDP1r
-U
niversal rigid support arm ,
adjustable
- Material :
.Advantages.
- Securely supports gripping jaws
- Flexible mounting possibilities
- Angle adjustable over full range,
blocked in position using M6 screw
New
!
L
cF
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 10+
30+

Weight Price each
Part number
A B C D L M F N (g) 1 to 9
BDP20-50/1R
20
15
20
36
50
49
25
43
87
51,56F
15
20
36
100
49
25
43
103
BDP20-100/1R
20
56,69F
15
20
36
150
49
25
43
120
BDP20-150/1R
20
57,21F
Dimensions in mm
26 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Two axes of rotation
Support arm
BDP2r
- Universal adjustable support

arm, strengthened
- Material :
.Advantages.
- S afe in operation through use
of optimised jaw support
!
es
Two ax on
i
t
a
of rot
N
C
New
cF
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 10+
30+

Weight
Price each
A B C D L M F N P (g)
Part number
1 to 9

BDP20-50/2R
20
19
20
43
50
59
24
47 16,5
89
90,27F
BDP20-100/2R
20
19
20
43 100 59
24
47 16,5 104
95,80F
BDP20-150/2R
20
19
20
43 150 59
24
47 16,5 119
101,32F
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 27
Suction finger
Single rotation axis
PV1r
-A
llows vacuum suction cups
to be integrated into a handling
system
- Materials :
Aluminium
Screws : steel
.Advantages.
- Infinitely variable angle of adjustment
- Easy, flexible mounting
New
!
L
cF
PV20-1/8-50/1R
D
M
BAN20/U
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 10+
Disc. List -5%
Weight
A
B
C
D
L
M
F N
(g)
Part number
PV20-1/8-50/1R
20
15 G1/8 G1/8
50
47
20
41
72
PV20-1/8-100/1R
20
15 G1/8 G1/8 100 47
20
41
87
PV20-1/8-150/1R
20
15 G1/8 G1/8 150 47
20
41
103
PV20-1/4-50/1R
20
15 G1/4 G1/4
50
49
25
43
93
PV20-1/4-100/1R
20
15 G1/4 G1/4 100 49
25
43
106
PV20-1/4-150/1R
20
15 G1/4 G1/4 150 49
25
43
123
Typical application
Dimensions in mm
28 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
30+
On request
Price each
1 to 9
47,53 F
49,57 F
51,60 F
48,55 F
50,59 F
52,62 F
Suction finger
Dual rotation axis
PV2r
- Allows vacuum suction cups
to be integrated into a handling system
- Materials :
Aluminium
Screws : steel
.Advantages.
- Infinitely variable angle of adjustment
- No circlips required
w!
Ne
tation
Dual ro is
ax
D
P
A
C
L
cF
Exploded view
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 10+
30+
Weight Price each

Part number
F N P (g) 1 to 9
A
B
C
D
L

PV20-1/4-50/2R
20
19
G1/4
G1/4 50
24
12 16,5 57
65,77 F
PV20-1/4-100/2R 20
19
G1/4
G1/4 100 24
12 16,5 71
68,41 F
PV20-1/4-150/2R 20
19
G1/4
G1/4 150 24
12 16,5 86
72,37 F
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 29
Digital position indicator

4 digit display
op3dx
op3sx
- 4 digit display (9999) with red
digits for tenths/hundredths
- Shaft driven position indicator
- Displays linear or angular
movement by use of mechanism
driven by a rotating shaft
- Nonflammable polycarbonate
case Protection IP64
Max. temperature 80C
- Colour: orange
- Height of digits: 5mm
- Standard bore for shaft 14H7,
smaller bores will require use of
reducing sleeve
14
Clamp spacer
OP3-BE
Gasket
supplied
.Options.
- V ersion with stainless steel parts

available
- Torque pin 6mm
.Assembly.
15
5
- Insert the indicator on to the

shaft ensuring that the torque
pin is inserted into the 5mm
hole that should have been
provided. Reset the display
to zero and secure the fixing
screw.
22
24
30
2
14
5,5
Shaft hole
max. 14
M4
6
14H7
22
46
27
20
16
4
32
30 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
26
Security
screw
op3dx
op3sx
Digital
counter
Threaded shaft
Handwheel
View A
Screw and counter

should have same
pitch
View B
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 5+ 10+ 15+

25+
Part number
OP3-A10-DX
OP3-A20-DX
OP3-A40-DX
OP3-A50-DX
OP3-A100-DX
OP3-B10-DX
OP3-B20-DX
OP3-B40-DX
OP3-B50-DX
OP3-B100-DX
OP3-A10-SX
OP3-A20-SX
OP3-A40-SX
OP3-A50-SX
OP3-A100-SX
OP3-B10-SX
OP3-B20-SX
OP3-B40-SX
OP3-B50-SX
OP3-B100-SX
View
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
Pitch
(mm)
1
2
4
5
10
1
2
4
5
10
1
2
4
5
10
1
2
4
5
10
Display
after one
turn (mm)
001 0
002 0
004 0
005 0
010 0
001 0
002 0
004 0
005 0
010 0
001 0
002 0
004 0
005 0
010 0
001 0
002 0
004 0
005 0
010 0
Max.
speed
(rpm)
300
300
250
200
150
300
300
250
200
150
300
300
250
200
150
300
300
250
200
150
HPC
Counting
direction
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
Stock*
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
Volume 5 2013
Price each
1 to 4
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
65,36 F
5 31
Digital position indicator

5 digit display
op6dx
op6sx
- 5 digit display (99999) with red
digits for tenths/hundredths
- S haft driven position indicator
- Displays linear or angular
movement by use of mechanism
driven by a rotating shaft
- Nonflammable polycarbonate case
Protection IP64
Max. temperature 80C
- Colour: orange
- Height of digits: 6mm.
- Standard bore for shaft 20H7,
smaller bores will require use of
reducing sleeve
20
Gasket
supplied
Torque
pin
Fixing
holes
6
M5
6
30
66
10
Alternative
torque pin
8/10
40
14
48
Countersunk hole
40x14
Volume 5 2013
30
24
32 5
20H7
HPC
42,5
Set screw
op6dx
op6sx
.Options.
- V ersion with stainless steel parts
available
.Assembly.
- Insert the indicator on to the shaft
ensuring that the torque pin is
inserted into the 6mm hole that
should have been drilled previously.
Reset the display to zero and secure
the fixing screw.
View A
View B
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 5+ 10+ 15+

25+
Part number
OP6-A10-DX
OP6-A20-DX
OP6-A40-DX
OP6-A50-DX
OP6-A100-DX
OP6-B10-DX
OP6-B20-DX
OP6-B40-DX
OP6-B50-DX
OP6-B100-DX
OP6-A10-SX
OP6-A20-SX
OP6-A40-SX
OP6-A50-SX
OP6-A100-SX
OP6-B10-SX
OP6-B20-SX
OP6-B40-SX
OP6-B50-SX
OP6-B100-SX
View
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
Pitch
(mm)
1
2
4
5
10
1
2
4
5
10
1
2
4
5
10
1
2
4
5
10
Display
after one
turn (mm)
001 0
002 0
004 0
005 0
010 0
001 0
002 0
004 0
005 0
010 0
001 0
002 0
004 0
005 0
010 0
001 0
002 0
004 0
005 0
010 0
Max.
speed
(rpm)
300
300
200
200
150
300
300
200
200
150
300
300
200
200
150
300
300
200
200
150
HPC
Counting
direction
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
clockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
anticlockwise
Stock*
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
Volume 5 2013
Price each
1 to 4
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
67,71 F
5 33
Steel leadscrew
Right hand thread, 1 start
lfm
- Cold rolled (plastic deformation)
- Conforms to ISO 2901 / 2903
- Capable of transmitting large forces
- Good surface finish
- Material: Half-hard steel XC38
- Thread tolerance: 7e
.Uses.
30
- Lathe drive screws

- Other machine tools
.Options.
-A
vailable in lengths up to
6000mm (subject to diameter)
A DISCOUNTS and
AVAILABLE LENGTHS
1
Start
Length
Qty. 1+
10+ 20+
40+
On request
Disc. List -30% -40%
Lngt. 1000 mm 2000 mm 3000 mm 6000 mm
x 2,12 x 3,18 On request
Price Uni.
Part number
LFM102
LFM123
LFM143
LFM164
LFM184
LFM204
LFM225
LFM245
LFM285
LFM306
LFM326
LFM366
LFM407
LFM447
LFM508
LFM559
LFM609
LFM7010
LFM8010
LFM9012
LFM9516
LFM10016
LFM12016
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
28
30
32
36
40
44
50
55
60
70
80
90
95
100
120
Pitch
P (mm)
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
9
9
10
10
12
16
16
16
Qty. 1+
5+
10+
On request
Disc. List -5%
Lngt. 1000 mm 2000 mm 3000 mm 6000 mm
x 2,12 x 3,18 On request
Price Uni.
d
mini.
6,89
07,68
09,68
10,47
12,47
14,47
15,29
17,27
21,27
21,56
23,56
27,56
30,38
34,38
39,17
42,98
47,98
56,82
66,82
74,44
73,71
78,71
98,71
34 5
Volume 5 2013
B DISCOUNTS and
AVAILABLE LENGTHS
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
0,46
0,65
0,93
1,15
1,52
1,91
2,30
2,80
3,90
4,33
5,00
6,55
8,00
9,86
12,76
15,40
18,65
25,65
34,21
43,00
45,60
51,00
76,00
Stock*
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
Price each per metre

1 to 9
40 to 59**
7,37 F
4,42 F
10,83 F
6,50 F
14,61 F
8,77 F
17,68 F
10,61 F
22,63 F
13,58 F
26,93 F
16,16 F
31,56 F
18,94 F
36,12 F
21,67 F
49,90 F
29,94 F
53,86 F
32,32 F
62,90 F
37,74 F
47,27 F On request
60,09 F On request
78,83 F On request
97,61 F On request
128,84 F On request
142,80 F On request
194,72 F On request
273,05 F On request
402,91 F On request
393,63 F On request
443,12 F On request
647,55 F On request
** refer to discounts
Flanged bronze nut

1 start, right or left hand thread
bfm
bfm
lh
d
e
leranc
To
D4
- Right or left-hand thread
D5
h9
- Toleranced flange
-0.2
D1
D1 -0.3
- Thread conforms to NFE 03.616
- Machined nut
d
- Thread tolerance: 7H
D6
- Material: Bronze CuSn8P
.Accessories.
- L FM steel leadscrew or
LSM stainless steel leadscrew
flange
R1
L2 L3
L1
DISCOUNTS A
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+ 20+

40+
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Disc. List -30% -40% On request Disc. List -5% On request
Part number
D1 D4 D5 D6
Right-hand thread
L1
L2
L3
Stock*
Price each
1 to 9
20 to 39**
BFM102
BFM123
BFM164
BFM184
BFM204
BFM225
BFM245
BFM285
BFM306
BFM326
BFM366
BFM407
BFM447
BFM508
BFM609
BFM7010
10 x 2
12 x 3
16 x 4
18 x 4
20 x 4
22 x 5
24 x 5
28 x 5
30 x 6
32 x 6
36 x 6
40 x 7
44 x 7
50 x 8
60 x 9
70 x 10
25
28
28
28
32
32
32
38
38
45
45
63
63
72
88
95
42
48
48
48
55
55
55
62
62
70
70
95
95
110
130
140
34
38
38
38
45
45
45
50
50
58
58
78
78
90
110
120
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
11
13
13
25
35
35
35
44
44
44
46
46
54
54
66
66
75
90
105
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
16
16
16
16
18
20
22
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
14
16
17
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
28,67F
41,66F
41,76F
41,76F
61,57F
62,07F
58,01F
79,49F
79,80F
120,48F
65,01F
122,01F
133,83F
198,48F
325,80F
462,37F
17.20F
25.00F
25,06F
25,06F
36,94F
37,24F
34,81F
47,69F
47,88F
120,48F
On request
On request
On request
On request
On request
On request
BFM102/LH
BFM123/LH
BFM164/LH
BFM184/LH
BFM204/LH
BFM225/LH
BFM245/LH
BFM285/LH
BFM306/LH
BFM326/LH
BFM366/LH
BFM407/LH
BFM447/LH
BFM508/LH
BFM609/LH
BFM7010/LH
10 x 2
12 x 3
16 x 4
18 x 4
20 x 4
22 x 5
24 x 5
28 x 5
30 x 6
32 x 6
36 x 6
40 x 7
44 x 7
50 x 8
60 x 9
70 x 10
25
28
28
28
32
32
32
38
38
45
45
63
63
72
88
95
42
48
48
48
55
55
55
62
62
70
70
95
95
110
130
140
34
38
38
38
45
45
45
50
50
58
58
78
78
90
110
120
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
11
13
13
25
35
35
35
44
44
44
46
46
54
54
66
66
75
90
105
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
16
16
16
16
18
20
22
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
14
16
17
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
32,50F
47,22F
47,31F
47,37F
64,74F
76,45F
63,14F
93,95F
84,42F
134,40F
72,02F
124,48F
139,74F
214,30F
352,95F
496,84F
19,50F
28,33F
28,39F
28,42F
38,84F
45,87F
37,88F
56,37F
50,65F
80,64F
On request
On request
On request
On request
On request
On request
Left-hand thread
HPC
** refer to discounts
Volume 5 2013
5 35
Handwheel with handle

Thermosetting plastic
VPRAm
- Handwheel with handle for manual use
- Pre-bored
- Working temperature: -20C to +140C
- Materials:
Wheel: thermosetting plastic
Hub: galvanised steel or stainless steel
Handle: thermosetting plastic
Axle: galvanised steel
.Options.
-D
ifferent bore diameters
- Keyway
- See modification info on
page 64
C
B
.Uses.
- All types of machines
d
F
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 6+
20+
Part number
D
Steel
VPRA50-M
50
VPRA65-M
65
VPRA80-M
80
VPRA100-M 100
VPRA125-M 125
VPRA150-M 150
VPRA200-M 200
VPRA250-M 250
VPRA300-M 300
Stainless steel
VPRA100-M/SS 100
VPRA150-M/SS 150
VPRA200-M/SS 200
Price each
1 to 5
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
13,79F
16,00F
17,57F
21,69F
27,85F
34,21F
54,01F
76,47F
118,34F
29 21x50 M8
37 25x65 M10
44 28x85 M10
37,89F
50,51F
73,69F
23
28
31
35
44
48
58
66
76
50
55
71
85
99
113
143
151
161
11
13
14
14
16
18
21
22
24
10
13
15
16
18
20
24
30
35
16
20
20
24
32
32
40
48
58
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
9
10
10
11
13
13
16
17
18
20
24
27
29
35
37
44
49
55
13x27
13x27
17x40
21x50
23x55
25x65
28x85
28x85
28x85
35
48
58
85
113
143
14
18
21
16
20
24
24
32
40
4
6
6
11
13
16
36 5
N Stock*
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Manual bench press
200kg
200kg capacity
PRES-2HR
- Rack press
- The force is constant and linear over the whole
stroke length depending on the force applied
- The travelling nut is prevented from turning
- Adjustable free height
- Screw stroke adjustment
- Quick and easy installation
.Uses.
- T his model is particularly robust and is
normally used for the assembly of parts, simple
bending tasks and various fastening operations
M6
10
23
10 H7
M6
20 H7
470
327
14
72
HL
70
100
45
84
165
36
60
DISCOUNTS
100
Part number
PRES-2HR
Power
(kg)
200
Free height Stroke length Goose neck

HL (mm)
(mm)
depth (mm)
54 - 200
50
72
HPC
Qty. 1 2+
4+
Weight
(kg)
8
Stock* Price each

4
Volume 5 2013
409,68 F
5 37
Manual bench press
400kg
400kg capacity
PRES3hr
- Rack press
.Uses.
M8
12
40
26
14 H7
30 H7
90 =
22mm
15,5
14
2x11
7,5
118
10
165
30
127
210
DISCOUNTS
130
Power
(kg)
400

HL (mm)
(mm)
depth (mm)
35 - 270
80
80
38 5
600
65
HL
195
Part number
PRES-3HR
380
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty. 1 2+
4+
Weight
Stock* Price each
(kg)
17
4
891,10 F
Manual bench press

600kg capacity
PRES4hr
600kg
- Rack press
.Uses.
M8
50
26
12
16 H7
35 H7
90 =
27mm
15,5
14
2x11
7,5
145
650
80
HL
10
200
138
31
240
250
DISCOUNTS
160
Part number
PRES-4HR
400
Power
(kg)
600
Dimensions in mm
Free height
HL (mm)
46 - 280
Stroke length
(mm)
100
Goose neck
depth (mm)
95
HPC
Qty. 1 2+
4+
Weight
(kg)
25
Price each
1 003,77 F
Volume 5 2013
5 39
Manual bench press
500kg
500kg capacity
PRES5hr
- Knee-joint press
- The maximum power is reached at the end of
the stroke
.Uses.
M6
10
23
10 H7
20 H7
M6
581
14
100
60
Power
(kg)
500
84
165
Qty. 1 2+
4+

HL (mm)
(mm)
depth (mm)
42 - 185
50
72
40 5
45
DISCOUNTS
100
Part number
PRES-5HR
72
HL
70
36
327
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
9
Stock* Price each
409,68 F
Manual bench press
700kg
700kg capacity
PRES7hr
- Knee-joint press
- The maximum power is reached at the end of
the stroke
.Uses.
M8
90 =
40mm
26
12
50
14 H7
30 H7
15,5
14
700
20
400
7,5
145
80
10
HL
31
200
138
DISCOUNTS
160
Part number
PRES-7HR
2x11
240
250
Qty. 1 2+
4+
Power
(kg)
700
Dimensions in mm
Free height
HL (mm)
35 - 260
Stroke length
(mm)
40
Goose neck
depth (mm)
95
HPC
Weight
(kg)
25
Price each
1 014,00 F
Volume 5 2013
5 41
ng
i
l
nd p.69
a
H 44p.
Roller track
p.44
Conveyor wheel
p.46
Free running
conveyor roller
Omni-directional
roller
p.50
Clip-on support
brush
New
p.51
Brush panels for
material handling
p.52
Ball transfer unit
p.58
p.54
Rubber tyred
wheel
less
staitneel
s
New
p.63
Floway2 roller track

Introduction
RAGFLOW2
Floway2 roller track is derived from a
new concept in conveying systems for
plastic bins and cardboard boxes.
Rail frames can be mounted in a
staggered arrangement for increased
performance.
mbly
e
s
s
a
E
L
FLEXIB
Removable loading member,

suitable for heavy loads
and easily removed
44 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Roller frames and guide bars

can be fitted without using tools,
simplifies later modifications
to installation
Floway2 roller track

For handling and storage
RAGFLOW2
- High-density polyethylene rollers
- (Will not buckle even under load)
Rollers have steel spindles
- Turns on steel axle
- Floway2 track will not separate even
under maximum load
- Colour: black
22,4
25
25
34
2046 +- 1
25
35
30,4
28
(2x) 6,8
10
10
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
RAG-FLOW2-2000
Length
L (mm)
2046
No. of rollers
2016
Max. load per Weight per metre

of rail (kg/m)
roller (kg)
72
10
HPC
each
Stock* Price
1 to 4
4
Volume 5 2013
34,27 F
5 45
Conveyor wheel
GAL22
200N
Zinc plated steel
- L oad capacity: 100N static, 200N dynamic

- Turns on a single row of balls
- Materials:
roller: zinc plated steel
bearings: steel balls on zinc plated steel hub
.Info..
-N
ot sold individually, please contact us for
details
.Advantages.
- Smooth rotation
- Treated steel hub for long life expectancy.
8,2
48
16
24
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Part number
GAL22-01
Static load (N)

100
Dynamic load (N)

200
46 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
3,41 F
70N
Plastic
-
Conveyor wheel
GAL21
L oad capacity: 100N static, 200N dynamic

Turns on a double row of balls
Colour: black
Materials:
roller: black polypropylene
bearings: steel balls on hub
.Info..
- Not sold individually, please contact us for details
.Advantages.
8,2
48
- Shock resistant
- Noiseless rotation
17
24
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Part number
GAL21-64
Static
load (N)
100
Dynamic load
(N)
200
Weight (g)
27
HPC
Stock*
4
Volume 5 2013
Price each
1 to 49
1,46 F
5 47
Centerless ground shaft

Stainless steel
GR
- Material: stainless steel 303
- Standard length from 300mm to
1000mm cf. column L
- External diameter tolerance: h6
- Straightness: 0.01/300mm
- Surface finish: Ra 0.4
stainles
s steel
D
h6
L
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 40+ 60+ 100+

Disc. List -10% -15% -20% -25% On request
Part number
GR2.992-6
GR3.000-6
GR3.992-6
GR3.999-6
GR4.991-9
GR5.000-6
GR5.993-6
GR5.992-9
GR6.000-6
GR6.000-9
GR7.000-6
GR7.000-9
GR7.993-6
GR7.993-9
GR8.000-6
GR8.992-9
GR9.992-9
D
2,992
3,000
3,992
3,999
4,991
5,000
5,993
5,992
6,000
6,000
7,000
7,000
7,993
7,993
8,000
8,992
9,992
Stock*
600
600
600
600
900
600
600
900
600
900
600
900
600
900
600
900
900
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 5
22,84 F
14,36 F
19,07 F
28,47 F
32,81 F
18,01 F
37,56 F
35,55 F
35,55 F
35,55 F
27,08 F
40,48 F
33,37 F
49,99 F
31,67 F
89,21 F
93,60 F
48 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Part number
GR9.993-10
GR10.000-4
GR10.000-9
GR10.000-10
GR11.991-4
GR11.993-1
GR12.000-4
GR12.000-9
GR12.000-10
GR12.993-4
GR12.993-9
GR13.993-9
GR14.991-9
GR16.000-9
GR19.992-9
GR25.000-9
GR29.992-9
9,993
10,000
10,000
10,000
11,991
11,993
12,000
12,000
12,000
12,993
12,993
13,993
14,991
16,000
19,992
25,000
29,992
1000
400
900
1000
400
1000
400
900
1000
400
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
Stock*
4
4
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 5
110,72 F
36,25 F
92,95 F
110,72 F
49,06 F
144,19 F
49,06 F
127,48 F
146,78 F
51,26 F
on request
149,97 F
199,41 F
199,41 F
263,87 F
367,92 F
500,59 F
Tube end roller

Reinforced polyamide
GAL
- Can be mounted on the end of suitable tubes
to create conveyor rollers
- F or tubes with an external diameter of 50,
60 or 70
- Bearings not supplied
.Info..
-N
ot sold individually, please contact us for
details
- For information on suitable bearings, please
refer to Volume 3
Typical application
17
12
M K DE
23
Roller Discounts
Rollers
Part number
GAL12-50/6002
GAL12-60/6202
GAL12-70/6302
DE
50
60
70
K
32
35
42
M
29
32
39
D
47
57
67
For
bearing
Q6002
Q6202
Q6302
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
(kg)
0,02
0,03
0,04
Price each
1 to 49
4,66 F
4,99 F
4,99 F
Bearing Discounts
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 40+ 60+ 100+

Accessories: Bearings
Part number
Q6002 ZZ
Q6202 ZZ
Q6302 ZZ
Dimensions in mm
Internal
15
15
15
External
32
35
42
HPC
Width
9
11
13
Price each
1 to 5
3,81 F
4,18 F
5,43 F
Volume 5 2013
5 49
Free running conveyor roller

For gravity roller conveyors
rlx
- Mounted on ball bearings
- Rounded edges facilitate side loading
- Low inertia due to low weight
- High quality bearings
- Integrated labyrinth seal prevents ingress of water
and dust
- Spring loaded spindle
- Materials:
Roller: Grey shock resistant PVC
Cover: yellow
Spindle: bright steel
.Info..
- If used continuously or for long periods, the maximum static load
capacity should not be exceeded; this is approximately 50% of the
load value given in the table below.
- Maximum conveying speed for 20mm rollers is 0.15 m/s and 0.3
m/s for 50mm rollers.
- * Load capacity: dynamic load, surface load
Assembly example
with buffer PRF-BP
D
0,5
0,5
E
RL
DISCOUNTS
EL
AGL
Part number
RLX20-200
RLX20-300
RLX20-400
RLX50-300
RLX50-400
RLX50-450
RLX50-500
RLX50-600
D
roller
20
20
20
50
50
50
50
50
Roller
thickness
1,5
1,5
1,5
2,8
2,8
2,8
2,8
2,8
A
axle
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
RL
200
300
400
300
400
450
500
600
50 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
EL
205
305
405
310
410
460
510
610
AGL
217
317
417
326
426
476
526
626
E
2,5
2,5
2,5
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
Qty. 1+ 6+
20+
Load
Price
capacity*
each
(N) Stock* 1 to 5
90
4
7,88 F
20
4
8,39 F
10
4
8,94 F
310
4
8,27 F
165
4 11,09 F
4 11,59 F
100
4 12,09 F
70
4 13,05 F
Omni-directional roller
To be fitted to a 8mm axle
GAL48
-M
ultiple rollers mounted on one axle
work as a conventional roller with two
possible directions of movement
- The Snap in function allows you to
securely and quickly position two omnidirectional rollers together, and guarantees
an optimised assembly
- Corrosion-resistant
- Suitable for dusty environments
- No maintenance required
- Materials:
technopolymer and stainless steel
.Uses.
-C
ontrol posts
- Assembly or handling stations
.Info..
-N
ot sold individually, please contact us
for details
ed
ad to be mov
Allows the lo direction
in any
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
GAL48-OMNI
D
48
X
3
500+
Qty. 1+ 100+ 300+
Disc. List -30% -40% On request
*Depending on avaibility - Dimensions in mm
W
21,5
40
HPC
Max. load
(daN)
5
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 99
7,57 F
Volume 5 2013
5 51
Clip-on support brush

Principal of operation
MGS
Mounting arrangement
Commercially available tubes are often

used to manufacture trolleys, assembly
stations, storage bays or workstations.
To provide an environment that will not
damage the delicate products being
handled, these clip-on brushes, with their
thousands of sensitive bristles protect
against scratches or scuffs that would then
require rework or cause expensive rejects.
They are designed for 28mm diameter
tubes, are available in 3 fibre thicknesses
and can easily be installed on transport or
storage system before or after assembly.
Should the position of a brush need to
be changed for example to improve the
protection, they are easily removed for
re-mounting in an alternative position.
Typical application
52 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC

For 28mm tubes
MGS
- F or vertical, inclined or horizontal

storage systems or transport
applications
Assembly.
- R apid, tool-free assembly
- Works with 28mm diameter tube
systems
- Silicon free
- Materials:
Fibres: Polyamide 6
Body: PVC
.Advantages.
!
NEW
- Easily removed
- Non- slip
- Suitable for all common surfaces
(wood, metal, glass)
FH
26,7
27,5
32,5
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 20+ 40+ 60+ 80+

100+
Disc. List -5% -10% -15% 20% On request

Body
Price each
FH
fibres
Fibre colors Fibre texture 1 to 19
Part number length (mm)
MGS2800-K10
40
5
0,10
black
smooth
3,95 F
MGS2800-K20
40
5
0,20
blue
smooth
3,95 F
MGS2800-K30
40
5
0,30
red
smooth
3,95 F
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 53
Brush panels for material handling

MCS
Often it is necessary to handle or perform installations on workpieces that have delicate surfaces
such as high-gloss paint or plastic coatings. Surface scratches can also be a problem when
handling acrylic glass panels, veneered furniture parts or sheet metal parts. In the past, such
surfaces had to be protected from damage by using of carpet, felt or rubber pads.
The Mink Care-System provides much better protection. Its standardised, low-cost support
brushes mounted in polypropylene frames allow chips and other small objects to fall between
the bristles, preventing scratching or denting that could lead to rejects. In addition, thanks to
the low coefficient of friction of the bristle surface, there is no frictional heat that can produce
dull spots. Overall the handling of components and workpieces is simplified.
Simple installation of brush panels
Door with handle
Supporting pieces made from sheet metal
Mounting hinges
54 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Brush panels for material handling

Modular panels
MCS
- Gentle bristle surface
- No damage by chips
- Easy product movement
- Reduction in noise
- Universal application
- Flexible brush bodies for special
applications
- Simple conversion of assembly
workstations
- Panels of different hardnesses can be
combined
- Flexible adjustment of load-bearing
capacity
- Possibility of partial replacements
.Info..
- Sold/Packaged in a convenient 1m2 size.
12
BH
235
235
4,5
20
499
DISCOUNTS

Wire
BH
Part number Brush material
MCS-K1
MCS-K2
MCS-K3
MCS-K4
MCS-K5
MCS-K6
Dimensions en mm
70
20
99
14,5
14,5
pa6
pa6
pa6
pa6
pa6
pa6
0,2
0,4
0,3
0,5
0,4
0,7
15
15
20
20
35
35
HPC
Qty. 1+
5+
Disc. List On request
Moving
load
price each
per m2 (kg)
1 to 4
<20
>20
<20
>20
<20
>20
334,27 F
334,27 F
339,15 F
339,15 F
361,12 F
361,12 F
Volume 5 2013
5 55
Ball transfer system
Diamond pitch
Elongated pitch
Direction of
movement
Square pitch
Direction
of movement
Technical information
Elongated diagonal pitch
EXAMPLES OF USE
Centering chute
180 rotation on
a conveyor system
Ball transfer platform at

the junction of two roller
conveyors
56 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Ball transfer system
Technical information
To determine the carrying capacity of the ball
transfer unit
the weight of the article to be moved should
be divided by 3, this gives the maximum
weight that any single ball will carry. If a
greater positioning accuracy is required then
this coefficient can be increased. The condition
and external hardness of the article to be
moved should also be taken into account to
avoid damage by the balls.
Spacing of ball transfer units
The pitch of the ball transfer units is determined
by dividing the shortest dimension of the article
to be moved by 3.5. This ensures that at least 3
ball transfer units will be in contact with article
along the shortest dimension at any time.
Self-cleaning
Each BHTD ball transfer unit has a hole in the
base to allow dust etc to escape.
Seal
A felt or polyurethane foam joint is fitted to
each ball transfer unit to prevent the ingress of
dirt or other material.
Lubrication
Each ball transfer unit is lubricated
during manufacture and normally further
maintenance is not required. However certain
applications may require periodic lubrication.
Working temperature
The ball transfer units can be used in
temperatures from -30 to +70C (continuous)
or +100C (occasional). With the seal removed
and in very clean conditions, the maximum
temperature can be increased to +150 to 200C.
Mounting
Spare mounting rings are available.
Typical application
Adjustable height ball

transfer table
Ball transfer trolley with

brake
Flexible
arrangements
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 57
Ball transfer unit

For heavy loads
bthdb
bthdbpss
bhtdbss
- Ball transfer unit
- For heavy duty use
- Suitable for heavy loads
- Pre lubricated
- Materials:
BHTD-B
Body: machined/case hardened zinc plated
steel
Ball: chromed steel (60-66HRC)
BHTD-BPSS
Body: machined/case hardened zinc plated
steel
Ball: 420 or 440 stainless steel
BHTD-BSS
Body: machined 303 stainless steel (not
treated)
Ball: 420 or 440 stainless steel
.Options.
- Increased load capacities up to 3500Kg

- Spring mounted ball unit
- BTEU-CLIP mounting clip
D1
DISCOUNTS
Load
capacity
Part number (kg)

BTHD-15B
56
BTHD-15BPSS
43
BTHD-15BSS
43
BTHD-22B
180
BTHD-22BPSS 120
BTHD-22BSS
120
BTHD-30B
350
BTHD-30BPSS 200
BTHD-30BSS
200
BTHD-45B
600
BTHD-45BPSS 300
BTHD-45BSS
600
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 40+

60+
Ball
15
15
15
22
22
22
30
30
30
45
45
45
240,065
240,065
240,065
360,080
360,080
360,080
450,080
450,080
450,080
620,100
620,100
620,100
D1
58 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
31
31
31
45
45
45
55
55
55
75
75
75
21,0
21,0
21,0
30,5
30,5
30,5
36,8
36,8
36,8
54,0
54,0
54,0
9,50,2
9,50,2
9,50,2
9,80,2
9,80,2
9,80,2
13,80,2
13,80,2
13,80,2
19,00,3
19,00,3
19,00,3
5,5
5,5
5,5
6,3
6,3
6,3
8,3
8,3
8,3
10,0
10,0
10,0
Stock*
4
4
4
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 5
15,31 F
19,67 F
32,78 F
22,53 F
22,32 F
56,31 F
27,06 F
38,20 F
66,22 F
79,29 F
101,69 F
193,80 F
Ball transfer unit

For medium loads
bteuc
bteuss
- Suitable for medium loads
- Pre lubricated
- Working temp -30 to +70C
- Materials:
Steel versions
Body: zinc plated steel
Ball: steel
Stainless steel versions
Body: 304 stainless steel
Ball: 420C stainless steel (55-58 HRC)
.Uses.
-H
andling table
- Transport track
- Support feet
.Option.
- BTEU CLIP
C
F
Typical application
A
B
DISCOUNTS
Load
Part
capacity
number (kg)
Ball
Steel
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 40+

60+
Stock*
Price
each
1 to 5
BTEU-15C
BTEU-22C
BTEU-30C
BTEU-45C
45
120
230
550
15
22
30
45
240,065
360,080
450,080
620,095
31
45
55
75
9,500,2
9,800,2
13,800,3
19,000,4
21,00
30,00
37,00
53,50
2,80
2,00
4,00
4,00
6,30
5,50
8,30
10,00
4
4
4
-
4,84 F
11,37 F
21,18 F
56,62 F
BTEU-15SS
BTEU-22SS
BTEU-30SS
45
120
230
15
22
30
240,065
360,080
450,080
31
45
55
9,500,2 21,00
9,800,2 30,00
13,800,3 37,00
2,80
2,00
4,00
6,30
5,50
8,30
4
4
-
20,35 F
26,36 F
57,83 F
Stainless steel
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 59
Ball transfer unit

For light loads
bisfc
bisfss
- Suitable for light loads
- Pre lubricated
- Working temp -30 to +70C
- Materials:
Steel versions
Body: zinc plated steel
Ball: steel
Stainless steel versions
Body: 304 stainless steel
Ball: 420C stainless steel (55-58 HRC)
Assembly example
.Uses.
-H
andling table
- Transport track
- Support feet
.Accessories.
- Countersunk screw
E
D
A
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 40+

60+
Load
Part
capacity
number (kg) Ball
BISF-19C 25
BISF-25C 55
BISF-32C 125
BISF-40C 140
BISF-50C 250
19
25
32
40
50
61
73
73
89
121
22,00
30,00
36,20
46,00
59,00
10,00
14,20
16,30
21,50
28,60
29,10,2
37,20,2
45,50,2
55,60,2
75,30,2
5,50
5,00
5,00
7,00
8,00
44,50
55,60
58,70
70,00
92,00
3,20 3,20
3,00 6,30
4,25 8,00
6,00 6,00
6,30 14,30
4
4
4
-
6,56 F
8,82 F
10,99 F
29,63 F
74,63 F
BISF-19SS 25
BISF-25SS 55
BISF-32SS 125
BISF-40SS 140
BISF-50SS 250
19
25
32
40
50
61
73
73
89
121
22,00
30,00
36,20
46,00
59,00
10,00
14,20
16,30
21,50
28,60
29,10,2
37,20,2
45,50,2
55,60,2
75,30,2
5,50
5,00
5,00
7,00
8,00
44,50
55,60
58,70
70,00
92,00
3,20 3,20
3,00 6,30
4,25 8,00
6,00 6,00
6,30 14,30
4
4
4
-
18,66 F
21,89 F
35,68 F
60,41 F
207,46 F
Steel
Stainless steel
60 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Price
each
J Stock* 1 to 5
Plastic
Ball transfer unit

bpom
bpomst

- Maximum temp +30C
- Maximum carrying speed 1 m/s
- Materials:
Body: POM
Ball: POM or steel
.Uses.
-H
andling table
- Transport track
.Advantages.
all
POM b
Resistant to acid and detergent

Lubrication free
Light weight* (70% less than steel)
Sea water resistant
Suitable to carry brittle material as
glass*
- Suitable for explosive atmosphere (ATEX)
all
.Duration.
L = (C/F) x 10
L = nominal life duration (rotations)
C = load capacity (N)
F = load (N)
3
Steel b
Temperature C
40
50
60
70
80
Part number
Ball
BPOM-15
BPOM-22
BPOM-30
BPOM-45
BPOM-15ST
BPOM-22ST
BPOM-30ST
BPOM-45ST
With POM ball
With steel ball
Dimensions in mm
Factory of T fT
0,93
0,85
0,75
0,60
0,45
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 25+ 50+ 100+

250+
Disc. List -5% -10% -15% on request
15
22
30
45
24 +/- 0,065
36 +/- 0,080
45 +/- 0,080
62 +/- 0,095
31 +/- 0,1
45 +/- 0,1
55 +/- 0,2
75 +/- 0,2
21,0
30,0
27,0
53,5
15
22
30
45
24 +/- 0,065
36 +/- 0,080
45 +/- 0,080
62 +/- 0,095
31 +/- 0,1
45 +/- 0,1
55 +/- 0,2
75 +/- 0,2
21,0
30,0
27,0
53,5
Load
C (N)
Price each
1 to 24
9,5 +/- 0,2

9,8 +/- 0,2
10,8 +/- 0,3
19,0 +/- 0,4
2,8
2,8
4,0
4,0
06,3
05,5
08,3
10,0
070
100
150
200
22,95 F
29,12 F
33,80 F
62,34 F
9,5 +/- 0,2

9,8 +/- 0,2
10,8 +/- 0,3
19,0 +/- 0,4
2,8
2,8
4,0
4,0
06,3
05,5
08,3
10,0
070
100
150
200
23,23 F
29,77 F
35,33 F
81,91 F
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 61
Clip for ball transfer unit

Rapid assembly
bteu Clip
- Mounting clip for ball transfer unit
- Material :
steel
- Assembly :
Use a hollow tube or similar tool
Do not apply any direct

force on to the ball
Installation from below
BTEU-CLIP1
Installation from above

BTEU-CLIP2
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 6+ 20+ 40+

60+

Part number
Installing from below
drill

Compatible
with
Stock*
Price each
1 to 5
BTEU-15-CLIP1
BTEU-22-CLIP1
BTEU-30-CLIP1
BTEU-45-CLIP1
24mm(+1/1,5)
36mm(+1/1,5)
45mm(+1/1,5)
62mm(+1/1,5)
BTEU-15, BTHD-15, BPOM-15

4
-
1,61 F
2,05 F
2,05 F
2,24 F
BTEU-15-CLIP2
BTEU-22-CLIP2
BTEU-30-CLIP2
BTEU-45-CLIP2
24mm(+1/1,5)
36mm(+1/1,5)
45mm(+1/1,5)
62mm(+1/1,5)

4
-
2,09 F
1,83 F
1,83 F
2,78 F
Installing from above
*Depending on avaibility- Dimensions in mm
62 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Rubber tyred wheel

For loads up to 200Kg
ROB
- Full width, semi elastic rubber tyre
- Polypropylene copolymer wheel
- Smooth bored hub
D
C
B
DISCOUNTS
Part number
Smooth hub
ROB80/ML
ROB100/ML
ROB125/ML
ROB160/ML
ROB200/ML
D
080
100
125
160
200
Weight
(kg)
27
27
37
40
48
40
40
44
60
60
12
12
12
20
20
0,120
0,240
0,460
0,800
1,500
HPC
Qty. 1+ 10+
30+
Max.
Price
load
each
Stock* 1 to 9
(kg)
050
070
100
135
205
4
4
4
-
Volume 5 2013
2,15 F
3,17 F
3,62 F
7,38 F
10,35 F
5 63
Industrial caster
For loads up to 250kg
ROS
- Light industrial caster for loads up to 250 Kg
- Materials:
Wheel support: folded sheet steel, zinc plated
Rubber: covered wheel
- Dual ball bearing pivot system
- Rotating caster with dual pedal operated brakes
- Smooth bored hub
Pivoting wheel
AFE
Fixed wheel
L
Pivoting wheel with

double brake
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+
30+
B Disc. List -5% On request
Max.
Price
Weight load
each
(kg) Stock* 1 to 9
(kg)
105x80
105x80
105x80
135x110
135x110
135x110
80x60
80x60
80x60
105x80
105x80
105x80
09
09
09
11
11
11
30
30
36
40
50
50
0,540
0,700
0,960
1,940
2,680
3,710
050
070
100
135
205
230
4
4
4
-
10,59 F
11,91 F
13,09 F
22,62 F
34,08 F
48,53 F
ROS80/F
080 105
105x85
105x85
ROS100/F 100 128
105x85
ROS125/F 125 155
ROS160/F 160 195
- 135x110
ROS200/F 200 235
- 135x110
ROS250/F 250 290
- 135x110
Pivoting wheel with double brake
ROS80/PDB
80
105
33 105x80
35 105x80
ROS100/PDB 100 128
36 105x80
ROS125/PDB 125 155
51 135x110
ROS160/PDB 160 195
55 135x110
ROS200/PDB 200 235
55 135x110
ROS250/PDB 250 290
80x60
80x60
80x60
105x80
105x80
105x80
09
09
09
11
11
11
30
30
36
40
50
50
0,395
0,525
0,860
1,440
2,360
3,300
050
070
100
135
205
230
4
4
4
-
7,58 F
8,92 F
11,35 F
20,02 F
26,12 F
40,37 F
80x60
80x60
80x60
105x80
105x80
105x80
09
09
09
11
11
11
30
30
36
40
50
50
0,780
0,970
1,370
2,380
3,260
4,170
050
070
100
135
205
230
4
4
4
-
15,73 F
17,10 F
18,18 F
29,28 F
46,27 F
60,13 F
Part number D
Pivoting wheel
ROS80/P
ROS100/P
ROS125/P
ROS160/P
ROS200/P
ROS250/P
Fixed wheel
80
100
125
160
200
250
H
105
128
155
195
235
290
E
33
35
36
51
55
55
64 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Caster with central hole

For loads up to 70 Kg
ROCTR
- Pivoting caster with central
mounting hole
- Materials:
Clevis: zinc plated steel
Wheel: grey rubber
- Smooth bored hub
Pivoting wheel
saf

T
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+
30+
Max.
Price
load
each
Stock* 1 to 9
(kg)
Part number
Weight
(kg)
ROCTR63/P
ROCTR80/P
ROCTR100/P
ROCTR125/P
60
80
100
125
82
104
133
155
28
28
35
35
10
10
12
12
24
24
26
26
0,240
0,270
0,540
0,690
50
60
60
70
4
4
4
4
6,00 F
7,58 F
12,01 F
14,36 F
ROCTR63/PDB
ROCTR80/PDB
ROCTR100/PDB
ROCTR125/PDB
60
80
100
125
82
104
133
155
28
28
35
35
10
10
12
12
24
24
26
26
0,320
0,340
0,710
0,860
50
60
60
70
4
4
4
4
9,27 F
11,59 F
19,95 F
22,35 F
Pivoting wheel
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 65
Caster with central hole

For loads up to 70 Kg
ROCPL
-P
ivoting or fixed caster with mounting
plate
- Materials:
Clevis: zinc plated steel
Wheel: grey rubber
- Smooth bored hub
Pivoting wheel
saf

E
DISCOUNTS
Part number D
Pivoting wheel
Fixed wheel
Qty. 1+ 10+
30+
Max.
Price
Weight load
each
(kg)
(kg)
1 to 9
B
ROCPL63/P
ROCPL80/P
ROCPL100/P
ROCPL125/P
060
080
100
125
082
104
136
158
28
28
35
35
60x60
60x60
76x70
76x70
45x45
45x45
60x50
60x50
6,3
6,3
8,3
8,3
24
24
26
26
0,310
0,330
0,650
0,750
50
60
60
70
4
4
4
4
6,68 F
8,97 F
14,13 F
17,03 F
ROCPL63/F
ROCPL80/F
ROCPL100/F
ROCPL125/F
060
080
100
125
082
104
136
158
60x60
60x60
76x70
76x70
45x45
45x45
60x50
60x50
6,3
6,3
8,3
8,3
24
24
26
26
0,230
0,265
0,520
0,670
50
60
60
70
4
4
4
5,82 F
7,97 F
12,35 F
14,32 F
ROCPL63/PDB
ROCPL80/PDB
ROCPL100/PDB
ROCPL125/PDB
060
080
100
125
082
104
136
158
28
28
35
35
60x60
60x60
76x70
76x70
45x45
45x45
60x50
60x50
6,3
6,3
8,3
8,3
24
24
26
26
0,375
0,375
0,820
0,970
50
60
60
70
4
4
4
-
10,10 F
13,32 F
21,49 F
24,87 F
Fixed wheel
66 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Ernyl wheel
Suitable for loads up to 500kg
ROE
- Natural coloured Polyamide wheel
- Smooth hub
- Working temp range : -40 to +80C
New
D
C
B
DISCOUNTS

Weight
Part number
D
B
C
A
(kg)

ROE80-32/ML
80
32
44
12
0,08
ROE100-35/ML
100
35
45
12
0,16
ROE125-36/ML
125
36
45
12
0,22
ROE125-40/ML
125
40
58
20
0,26
ROE160-45/ML
160
45
58
20
0,36
ROE200-50/ML
200
50
58
20
0,56
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Qty 1+ 10+
30+
Max
load Price each
(kg)
1 to 9
180
7,29 F
225
7,29 F
300
13,23 F
250
8,93 F
350
14,29 F
500
15,24 F
Volume 5 2013
5 67
Light industrial Ernyl castor

RES
- Light industrial castor for loads up to 300kg
- Material
Castor : pressed steel with protective chrome
finish
Wheel : Ernyl (Polyamide)
- Dual bearings ensure correct swivel movement
- Swivel castor with dual brake : pedal operated
locking and unlocking
- Hub : roller bearing
New
saf
Swivel castor
Swivel castor with dual

brake
Fixed castor
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 10+
30+

weight
B
H
E
L
M
T (kg)
Part number D
Swivel
Max
load
(kg)
Price each
1 to 9
RES80/P
RES100/P
RES125/P
RES150/P
RES200/P
80
100
125
150
200
30
35
40
40
50
105
128
163
195
240
33
35
55
55
50
105x80
105x80
137x105
137x105
137x105
80x60
80x60
105x80
105x80
105x80
9
9
11
11
11
0,510
0,575
1,710
1,820
2,450
80
100
250
300
300
12,87 F
15,46 F
34,34 F
36,86 F
44,89 F
RES80/F
RES100/F
RES125/F
RES150/F
RES200/F
80
100
125
150
200
30
35
40
40
50
105
128
163
195
240
105x85
105x85
137x105
137x105
137x105
80x60
80x60
105x80
105x80
105x80
9
9
11
11
11
0,365
0,425
1,285
1,420
2,130
80
100
250
300
300
9,86 F
13,43 F
29,74 F
32,40 F
40,36 F
RES80/PDB
RES100/PDB
RES125/PDB
RES150/PDB
RES200/PDB
80
100
125
150
200
30
35
40
40
50
105
128
163
195
240
33
35
55
55
55
105x85
105x85
137x105
137x105
137x105
80x60
80x60
105x80
105x80
105x80
9
9
11
11
11
0,775
0,830
1,965
2,065
2,700
80
100
250
300
300
19,60 F
20,84 F
45,37 F
46,97 F
56,95 F
Fixed
Swivel with dual brake
Dimensions in mm
68 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Light industrial stainless steel and Polyamide castor

RESss
- Light industrial castor for loads up to
300kg in humid or corrosive environments
- Material
Castor : pressed stainless steel
Wheel : Polyamide
- Dual bearings ensure correct swivel
movement
- Swivel castor with dual brake : pedal
operated locking and unlocking.
- Hub : roller bearing
s steel
stainles
e
saf
Swivel castor
s
stainleels
e
st
l
less stee
stain
New
!
Fixed castor
Part
number
Swivel
E
B
Swivel castor with dual

brake
M
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 5+
15+

Weight
D
B
H
E
L
M
T (kg)
Max
load
(kg)
Price each
1 to 9
RES80/P/SS
RES100/P/SS
RES125/P/SS
RES160/P/SS
RES200/P/SS
80
100
125
160
200
30
35
40
45
50
108
128
163
200
240
41
41
55
55
55
105x80
105x80
137x105
137x105
137x105
80x60
80x60
105x80
105x80
105x80
9
9
11
11
11
0,595
0,650
1,430
1,590
1,850
180
190
250
300
300
42,96 F
44,55 F
82,62 F
90,98 F
101,19 F
RES80/F/SS
RES100/F/SS
RES125/F/SS
RES160/F/SS
RES200/F/SS
80
100
125
160
200
30
35
40
45
50
108
128
163
200
240
41
41
55
55
55
105x85
105x85
137x105
137x105
137x105
80x60
80x60
105x80
105x80
105x80
9
9
11
11
11
0,395
0,435
1,030
1,230
1,530
180
190
250
300
300
32,68 F
34,27 F
64,89 F
69,76 F
76,39 F
RES80/PDB/SS
RES100/PDB/SS
RES125/PDB/SS
RES160/PDB/SS
RES200/PDB/SS
80
100
125
160
200
30
35
40
45
50
108
128
163
200
240
41
41
55
55
55
105x85
105x85
137x105
137x105
137x105
80x60
80x60
105x80
105x80
105x80
9
9
11
11
11
0,715
0,765
1,690
1,850
2,110
180
190
250
300
300
55,66 F
57,74 F
108,90 F
115,24 F
128,15 F
Fixed
Swivel + dual brake
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 69
in es
a
h
c sori
e
t
s
Pla accep.113
d
an p.72
Plate chain
p.72
Drive sprocket
p.80
Clamping collar
Idler sprocket
p.86
Rubber wheel
New
New
p.92
Idler
p.97
Straight and
curved
track
p.100
Wearstrip
p.104
p.108
Slim plate chain

CAP820
Range 820
m
m
,5 o m
82 t 3 m
4,
11
- Ideal for moving bottles and metal cans

at high speeds
- S mooth surface with no backlash
- Non knurled pin
- Materials:
Plates: low friction acetal
Pin: stainless steel 304
- Operating temp.: -40C to +85C
(+70C in humid environments)
- Length 3048mm (80 plates)
.Advantages.
- In most applications no lubrication is

necessary
.Associated products.
- Drive sprocket PT820

- Idler sprocket PR820
- Idler DBL820
7,2
38,1
Ri. 40
6,35
42
45
Direction of
travel
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
CAP820-82
CAP820-114
Dimensions in mm
72 5
Width K
(mm)
82,5
114,3
Volume 5 2013
Length
(mm)
3048
3048
HPC
Breaking
load (N)
3200
3200
Weight
(kg/m)
0,83
1,03
Price each
1 to 4
80,63 F
102,69 F
Slim plate chain stainless steel

Range 815
CAP815ss
- Main applications are in bottling plants
and for moving hard products
- Smooth surface with no backlash
- Materials:
Plates: polished cold-laminated stainless
steel (30HRc min.)
Pin: special stainless steel (41-44HRc)
(+120C in humid environments))
ss steel
stainle
82
,5
11
m
4, to m
3
m
m
.Advantages.
- Wide field of applications
- Idler DBL820
3,15
6,6
38,1
Ri. 150
12,7
6,35
42
45
Direction of travel
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
CAP815-82/SS
CAP815-114/SS
Dimensions in mm
Width K
(mm)
82,5
114,3
Length
(mm)
3048
3048
Breaking
load (N)
10400
10400
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
2,65
3,40
Price each
1 to 4
111,27 F
161,87 F
Volume 5 2013
5 73
Wide plate chain

CAP821
Range 821
190
,5 m
304 to m
,8 m
m
- Ideal for moving large or heavy loads

- Completely smooth surfaces
- With double hinge
- Materials:
.Advantages.
- Large width
- High carrying capacity
Direction of travel

- Idler DBL821
38,1
Ri. 40
14
134,5
6,35
136,5
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
CAP821-190
CAP821-254
CAP821-304
Dimensions in mm
74 5
Width K
(mm)
190,5
254,0
304,8
Volume 5 2013
Length
(mm)
3048
3048
3048
HPC
Breaking
load (N)
6500
6500
6500
Weight
(kg/m)
2,50
2,95
3,25
Price each
1 to 4
268,68 F
283,64 F
312,37 F
Wide plate chain stainless steel

Range 805
CAP805ss
ss stee19l0
- Ideal for moving large or heavy loads

- Completely smooth surface
- With double hinge
- Materials:
Plates: polished cold-laminated stainless steel
(30HRc min.)
Pin: special stainless steel (41-44HRc)
stainle
,5 m
m
.Advantages.
- Large width
- High carrying capacity
- Idler DBL805
Direction of travel
K
3,15
Ri. 150
38,1
80
83
6,6
6,35
12,7
discounts
Part number
CAP805-190/SS
Dimensions in mm
Width K
(mm)
190,5
Length
(mm)
3048
Breaking
load (N)
19000
HPC
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg/m)
5,8
Price each
1 to 4
252,74 F
Volume 5 2013
5 75
Side flexing slim plate chain

Range 880 TAB
CAP880T
m
m
,5 o m
82 t 3 m
4,
11
- Bending radius allows chain to follow

a curved path
- Materials:
.Advantages.
- S pecial shape prevents products being
carried moving or falling whilst on curves
TAB g
guidin
- Idler DBL880
- Straight track GRD880T
- Curved track GCB880T
7,5
12
Ri. 40
38,1
20
42
A
61
Straight - 46
Curved - 44,2
K
RM
Direction of travel
Typical application
Part number
CAP880T-82
CAP880T-114
Width K
(mm)
82,5
114,3
Dimensions in mm
76 5
Length
(mm)
3048
3048
Volume 5 2013
Bend radius
RM (mm)
457
532
HPC
Breaking
load (N)
5200
5200
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg/m)
1,04
1,21
Price each
1 to 4
106,93 F
122,84 F
Side flexing slim plate chain stainless steel

Range 881 TAB
CAP881Tss
-B
ending radius allows chain to follow a curved
path
- Materials:
Plates: polished cold-laminated stainless steel
(30HRc min.)
Pin: stainless steel 302 (1400N/mm )
82
,5
m
to m
,3
mm
ss steel 11
stainle
4
- Idler DBL880
- Straight track GRD880T
- Curved track GCB880T
TAB
guiding
K
A
3,15
16,3
Ri. 50
38,1
19,7
43
55,5
12,7
6,35
12,3
Straight - 46
Curved - 44,5
K
RM
Direction of travel
discounts
Typical application
Part number
CAP881T-82/SS
CAP881T-114/SS
Dimensions in mm
Width K
(mm)
82,5
114,3
Length
(mm)
3048
3048
Bend radius
RM
(mm)
500
500
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Breaking
load (N)
9500
9500
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
2,9
3,6
Price each
1 to 4
205,85 F
266,13 F
Volume 5 2013
5 77
Side flexing wide plate chain

Range 882 TAB
CAP882T
- Bending radius allows chain to follow a curved
path
- Materials:
Plates: self lubricating brown acetal
190,
5m
m
t
304 o
,8 m
m
.Advantages.
- S pecial shape prevents products being carried
moving or falling whilst on curves
uiding
TAB g
K
17,2
22,2
38,1
Ri. 40
9,5
57,2
A
75,5
A
Straight - 60
Curved - 58
Direction
of travel
RM
discounts
Typical application
Part number
CAP882T-190
CAP882T-254
CAP882T-304
Dimensions in mm
78 5
Width K
(mm)
190,5
254,0
304,8
Volume 5 2013
Length
(mm)
3048
3048
3048
HPC
Bend radius
RM
(mm)
610
610
610
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Breaking
load (N)
8000
8000
8000
Weight
(kg/m)
2,43
2,87
3,41
Price each
1 to 4
284,83 F
296,96 F
325,33 F
Typical application
Plate chain
Diabolo or
return wheel
Forward
guide
Support profile
Plate chain
Locking
ring
Roller wheel
Return
guide
Driving sprocket
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 79
Drive sprocket for plate chain

For chain ranges 820 and 815
PT820
- For driving CAP820 and CAP815 plate chains
- With bore and keyway
- Materials:
Stainless steel screws
- For dimensions and bore tolerances,
please refer to technical pages
.Advantage.
- Two part design facilitates easy assembly
with
keyway
bly
Easy assem
53
DP
discounts
Two part design

Part number
PT820-21-25
PT820-21-30
PT820-21-35
PT820-21-40
PT820-21-45
PT820-23-25
PT820-23-30
PT820-23-35
PT820-23-40
PT820-23-45
PT820-25-25
PT820-25-30
PT820-25-35
PT820-25-40
PT820-25-45
Dimensions in mm
80 5
No.
of teeth
21
21
21
21
21
23
23
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
25
Volume 5 2013
DE
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
DE
129
129
129
129
129
141
141
141
141
141
153
153
153
153
153
HPC
DP
129,26
129,26
129,26
129,26
129,26
141,22
141,22
141,22
141,22
141,22
153,20
153,20
153,20
153,20
153,20
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
45
25
30
35
40
45
25
30
35
40
45
Weight
(kg)
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
Price each
1 to 4
28,49 F
28,49 F
28,49 F
28,49 F
28,49 F
30,09 F
30,09 F
30,09 F
30,09 F
30,09 F
30,39 F
30,39 F
30,39 F
30,39 F
30,39 F

PT821
- For driving CAP821 and CAP805 plate chains
- Materials:
.Advantage.
with
keyway
bly
Easy assem
100
81
DP DE
Two part design
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
PT821-25-30
PT821-25-35
PT821-25-40
PT821-25-45
Dimensions in mm
No.
of teeth
25
25
25
25
DE
153
153
153
153
DP
153,2
153,2
153,2
153,2
Bore
A
30
35
40
45
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,9
0,9
0,9
0,9
Price each
1 to 4
70,12 F
70,12 F
70,12 F
70,12 F
Volume 5 2013
5 81

For chain range 880 TAB
PT880
- For driving CAP880T chains
- Materials:
.Advantage.
with
keyway
bly
Easy assem
15,8
125
DP
DE
58,5
Two part design
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
PT880-12-25
PT880-12-30
PT880-12-35
PT880-12-40
No.
of teeth
12
12
12
12
Dimensions in mm
82 5
Volume 5 2013
DE
147,2
147,2
147,2
147,2
HPC
DP
147,21
147,21
147,21
147,21
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
Weight
(kg)
0,39
0,39
0,39
0,39
Price each
1 to 4
29,36 F
29,36 F
29,36 F
29,36 F

PT881
- For driving CAP881T/SS chains
- Materials:
.Advantage.
with
keyway
bly
Easy assem
52
DP DE
31,75
Two part design

Part number
PT881-21-25
PT881-21-30
PT881-21-35
PT881-21-40
PT881-21-45
PT881-23-25
PT881-23-30
PT881-23-35
PT881-23-40
PT881-23-45
PT881-25-25
PT881-25-30
PT881-25-35
PT881-25-40
PT881-25-45
No.
of teeth
21
21
21
21
21
23
23
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
25
Dimensions in mm
DE
129
129
129
129
129
141
141
141
141
141
153
153
153
153
153
DP
129,26
129,26
129,26
129,26
129,26
141,22
141,22
141,22
141,22
141,22
153,20
153,20
153,20
153,20
153,20
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
45
25
30
35
40
45
25
30
35
40
45
HPC
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
0,37
0,37
0,37
0,37
0,37
0,44
0,44
0,44
0,44
0,44
0,49
0,49
0,49
0,49
0,49
Price each
1 to 4
27,79 F
27,79 F
27,79 F
27,79 F
27,79 F
28,85 F
28,85 F
28,85 F
28,85 F
28,85 F
30,30 F
30,30 F
30,30 F
30,30 F
30,30 F
Volume 5 2013
5 83

PT882
- For driving CAP882T chains
- Materials:
.Advantage.
with
keyway
bly
Easy assem
58
DP
DE
22,2
Two part design
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
PT882-12-25
PT882-12-30
PT882-12-35
PT882-12-40
PT882-12-45
No.
of teeth
12
12
12
12
12
Dimensions in mm
84 5
Volume 5 2013
DE
148,5
148,5
148,5
148,5
148,5
HPC
DP
147,2
147,2
147,2
147,2
147,2
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
45
Weight
(kg)
0,38
0,38
0,38
0,38
0,38
Price each
1 to 4
29,36 F
29,36 F
29,36 F
29,36 F
29,36 F
Drive and idler sprocket
Common technical specification

.Assembly dimensions.
Idler wheel
Drive sprocket
150 mini.
Chain sag = 75 - 125mm
Back bend radius

Direction of travel
H =
DP
2
+F
Chain
part number
CAP805/SS
CAP815/SS
CAP820
CAP821
CAP880T
CAP881T/SS
CAP882T
+1
-0
450 to 650mm
F
3,90
3,90
3,90
3,90
4,00
3,90
5,00
W
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
.Bore and keyway tolerances.

A
A1
Bore and keyway
Smooth bore
A
25 -0,022
A1
8 +0,036
K
28,3 +0,02
30
33,3
35
40
45
50
-0,074
-0,022
-0,074
-0,026
-0,088
-0,026
-0,088
-0,026
-0,088
-0,026
-0,088
10
12
14
14
-0
+0,036
-0
+0,036
-0
+0,043
-0
+0,043
-0
+0,043
-0
38,3
43,3
48,8
53,8
A
25 +0,2
+0,4
-0
+0,02
-0
+0,02
-0
+0,02
-0
+0,02
-0
+0,02
-0
30 +0,2
+0,4
35 +0,2
+0,4
+0,2
40 +0,4
+0,2
45 +0,4
+0,2
50 +0,4
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 85
Idler sprocket for plate chain

PR820
- F or use with CAP820 and CAP815 plate
chains
- Materials:
.Advantage.
smooeth
bor
bly
Easy assem
53
DP
Two part design
Part number
PR820-21-25
PR820-21-30
PR820-21-35
PR820-21-40
PR820-21-45
PR820-23-25
PR820-23-30
PR820-23-35
PR820-23-40
PR820-23-45
PR820-25-25
PR820-25-30
PR820-25-35
PR820-25-40
PR820-25-45
Dimensions in mm
86 5
No.
of teeth
21
21
21
21
21
23
23
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
25
Volume 5 2013
DE
129
129
129
129
129
141
141
141
141
141
153
153
153
153
153
HPC
DP
129,26
129,26
129,26
129,26
129,26
141,22
141,22
141,22
141,22
141,22
153,20
153,20
153,20
153,20
153,20
DE
discounts
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
45
25
30
35
40
45
25
30
35
40
45
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
Price each
1 to 4
28,49 F
28,49 F
28,49 F
28,49 F
28,49 F
30,09 F
30,09 F
30,09 F
30,09 F
30,09 F
30,39 F
30,39 F
30,39 F
30,39 F
30,39 F

PR821
- For use with CAP821 and CAP805 plate chains
- Materials:
.Advantage.
bly
Easy assem
smooth
bore
100
81
DP DE
Two part design
discounts
Part number
PR821-25-30
PR821-25-35
PR821-25-40
PR821-25-45
Dimensions in mm
No.
of teeth
25
25
25
25
DE
153
153
153
153
DP
153,2
153,2
153,2
153,2
Bore
A
30
35
40
45
HPC
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
0,9
0,9
0,9
0,9
Price each
1 to 4
70,12 F
70,12 F
70,12 F
70,12 F
Volume 5 2013
5 87

PR880
- For use with CAP880T plate chains
- Materials:
.Advantage.
smooeth
bor
bly
Easy assem
15,8
125
DP
DE
58,5
Two part design
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
PR880-12-25
PR880-12-30
PR880-12-35
PR880-12-40
No.
of teeth
12
12
12
12
Dimensions in mm
88 5
Volume 5 2013
DE
147,2
147,2
147,2
147,2
HPC
DP
147,21
147,21
147,21
147,21
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
Weight
(kg)
0,39
0,39
0,39
0,39
Price each
1 to 4
25,38 F
25,38 F
25,38 F
25,38 F

PR881
- For use with CAP881T/SS plate chains
- Materials:
.Advantage.
smooeth
bor
bly
Easy assem
52
DP DE
31,75
Two part design

Part number
PR881-21-25
PR881-21-30
PR881-21-35
PR881-21-40
PR881-21-45
PR881-23-25
PR881-23-30
PR881-23-35
PR881-23-40
PR881-23-45
PR881-25-25
PR881-25-30
PR881-25-35
PR881-25-40
PR881-25-45
No.
of teeth
21
21
21
21
21
23
23
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
25
Dimensions in mm
DE
129
129
129
129
129
141
141
141
141
141
153
153
153
153
153
DP
129,26
129,26
129,26
129,26
129,26
141,22
141,22
141,22
141,22
141,22
153,20
153,20
153,20
153,20
153,20
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
45
25
30
35
40
45
25
30
35
40
45
HPC
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
0,37
0,37
0,37
0,37
0,37
0,44
0,44
0,44
0,44
0,44
0,49
0,49
0,49
0,49
0,49
Price each
1 to 4
27,79 F
27,79 F
27,79 F
27,79 F
27,79 F
28,85 F
28,85 F
28,85 F
28,85 F
28,85 F
30,30 F
30,30 F
30,30 F
30,30 F
30,30 F
Volume 5 2013
5 89

PR882
- Materials:
.Advantage.
smooeth
bor
bly
Easy assem
58
DP
DE
22,2
Two part design
discounts
Part number
PR882-12-25
PR882-12-30
PR882-12-35
PR882-12-40
PR882-12-45
No.
of teeth
12
12
12
12
12
Dimensions in mm
90 5
Volume 5 2013
DE
148,5
148,5
148,5
148,5
148,5
HPC
DP
147,2
147,2
147,2
147,2
147,2
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
45
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
0,38
0,38
0,38
0,38
0,38
Price each
1 to 4
29,36 F
29,36 F
29,36 F
29,36 F
29,36 F
Drive and idler sprocket
Common technical specification

.Assembly dimensions.
Idler wheel
Drive sprocket
150 mini.
Chain sag = 75 - 125mm
Back bend radius

Direction of travel
450 to 650mm
H =
DP
2
+F
Chain
part number
CAP805/SS
CAP815/SS
CAP820
CAP821
CAP880T
CAP881T/SS
CAP882T
+1
-0
F
3,90
3,90
3,90
3,90
4,00
3,90
5,00
W
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
.Bore and keyway tolerances.

A
A1
Bore and keyway
Smooth bore
A
25 -0,022
A1
8 +0,036
K
28,3 +0,02
30
33,3
35
40
45
50
-0,074
-0,022
-0,074
-0,026
-0,088
-0,026
-0,088
-0,026
-0,088
-0,026
-0,088
10
12
14
14
-0
+0,036
-0
+0,036
-0
+0,043
-0
+0,043
-0
+0,043
-0
38,3
43,3
48,8
53,8
A
25 +0,2
+0,4
-0
+0,02
-0
+0,02
-0
+0,02
-0
+0,02
-0
+0,02
-0
30 +0,2
+0,4
35 +0,2
+0,4
+0,2
40 +0,4
+0,2
45 +0,4
+0,2
50 +0,4
HPC
Volume 5 2013
5 91
Clamping collar
BAP
10 18
- 2 part clamping collar

- Bore smooth or grooved
- Materials:
Body: reinforced polyamide
Screws: stainless steel 304
Dp De
Discounts
Qt 1+ 40+ 100+ 200+

300+
Rem. Prix -5% -10% -15% On request
Part number
BAP-10
BAP-12
BAP-14
BAP-15
BAP-16
BAP-18
D
10
12
14
15
16
18
De
30
30
30
39
39
39
Dp
20
20
20
27
27
27
92 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
W
12
12
12
14
14
14
Masse
(kg)
0,01
0,01
0,01
0,02
0,02
0,02
Stock*
4
4
4
4
4
-
Price each.
1 39
2,93F
2,93F
2,93F
2,93F
2,93F
2,93F
Clamping collar
25 to 40
BAP
- 2 part locking collar
- Smooth or grooved bore
- Materials:
New
D
A1
Dp
De
W
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 40+ 100+ 200+

300+
Disc. Prix -5% -10% -15% On request
Part number
smooth grooved D
BAP-25 BAP-25K 25
BAP-30 BAP-30K 30
BAP-35 BAP-35K 35
BAP-40 BAP-40K 40
A1
8
8
10
12
De Dp
45
35
55
45
60
47
64
51
*Subject to available stocks - Dimensions in mm
W
14
16
16
18
K
28,3
33,3
38,3
43,3
Weight
(kg)
0,02
0,03
0,03
0,04
HPC
Stock*
4
4
4
4
Price each. 1 39
smooth grooved
2,93F 4,91F
3,48F 5,39F
3,76F 5,67F
3,76F 5,67F
Volume 5 2013
5 93
42 Conveyor wheel
For use with 12 to 20 shafts
GAL
- Roller for use on chain conveyor return
- Materials:
Self lubricating polyamide
- Used without a bearing
.Accessory.
-GAL spacer
.Info..
- Not sold individually,
please contact us for details
25,5
DF
25
42
24
DISCOUNTS
Part number
GAL12-42-25
GAL16-42-25
GAL18-42-25
GAL20-42-25
DF
12
16
18
20
94 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,03
0,03
0,03
0,03
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 49
1,61 F
1,74 F
1,74 F
1,74 F
Conveyor roller for 20mm spindle

Self-lubricating polyethylene
GAL
- Conveyor roller designed for use in either
gravity or guided transport systems
- Materials:
.Info..
- Not sold individually, please contact us
for details
84
80
DE
DF
DISCOUNTS
Part number
GAL20-40-84
GAL20-60-84
DF
20,2
20,2
DE
40
60
Weight
(kg)
0,04
0,06
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
3,53 F
3,70 F
Volume 5 2013
5 95
25 conveyor roller
Self-lubricating polyamide
GAL
-C
onveyor roller designed for use in
either gravity or guided transport
systems
- Materials:
.Info..
- Not sold individually, please contact
us for details
25
DF
DISCOUNTS
Part number
GAL12-25-39
GAL16-25-39
GAL18-25-39
GAL20-25-39
DF
12
16
18
20
W
39
39
39
39
96 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,01
0,01
0,01
0,01
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price each
Stock*
1 to 49
4
1,13 F
4
1,13 F
1,13 F
4
1,13 F
60mm rubber wheel for conveyor belt

For 20 axle
GALrub
- Guide wheel for palet chain
- Reduces vibration, wear and noise
- Material
Rubber and acetal
.Advantages.
- Soft rubber : no marking , good grip
New
40,5
1,5
37,5
60 30 DF
DISCOUNTS

Part number

DF
GAL20-60-40/RUB
20,2
Dimensions n mm
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,05
Qty 1+ 50+
100+
Price each
1 to 49
4,95 F
Volume 5 2013
5 97

Steel
RSH
- Material:
precision drawn steel
- External diameter tolerance:
25mm+0/-0.015mm
>25mm +0/-0.025mm
- Std length A = 333mm +/-5mm
- Hardness: 9 HRc
- Tensil strength: 700-850 N/mm2
- Surface finish: 0,6m
Chemical composition
Standard % Typical analysis
C 0.95/1.25
1,130
Si 0.40 max.
0,220
Mn0.25/0.45 0,370
P 0.045 max.
0,014
S 0.045 max.
0,018
Cr 0.35/0.45
0,430
.Options.
-A
lternative lengths of 1 metre (B) or 3
metres (C) are available. To specify the
length, add the letter to the part number
E.g. RSH020A
Stock* Stock*
Part number D 333mm 1 metre
RSH020 2,00
4
4
RSH025 2,50
RSH030 3,00
4
4
RSH035 3,50
RSH040 4,00
4
4
RSH045 4,50
RSH050 5,00
4
4
RSH055 5,50
RSH060 6,00
4
4
RSH065 6,50
RSH070 7,00
RSH075 7,50
RSH080 8,00
4
4
RSH085 8,50
RSH090 9,00
RSH095 9,50
RSH100 10,00 4
4
RSH105 10,50
RSH110 11,00
RSH115 11,50
-
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 40+ 60+ 100+

Price Price
Price Price
Stock* Stock* each A: each B:
each A: each B:
333mm 1 metre Part number D 333mm 1 metre 333mm 1 metre
4 14,64 F 44,04 F
1,40 F 3,44 F RSH120 12,00 4
- 19,48 F 58,75 F
1,47 F 4,75 F RSH125 12,50
- 15,36 F 46,41 F
1,78 F 5,57 F RSH130 13,00
RSH140
14,00
18,03 F 54,41 F
2,19 F 6,92 F
4 20,21 F 60,98 F
2,39 F 7,49 F RSH150 15,00
4 20,86 F 62,91 F
3,54 F 10,96 F RSH160 16,00
- 23,83 F 71,75 F
4,98 F 10,27 F RSH170 17,00
- 26,69 F 80,32 F
4,55 F 13,97 F RSH180 18,00
- 30,40 F 91,44 F
4,75 F 14,53 F RSH190 19,00
4 30,98 F 93,26 F
5,14 F 15,73 F RSH200 20,00 4
- 36,69 F 110,44 F
5,56 F 17,03 F RSH210 21,00
- 38,33 F 115,19 F
6,88 F 20,86 F RSH220 22,00
- 45,59 F 137,07 F
6,43 F 20,93 F RSH230 23,00
- 46,18 F 138,73 F
8,48 F 25,78 F RSH240 24,00
4 48,26 F 145,17 F
8,38 F 25,43 F RSH250 25,00
- 59,44 F 178,60 F
10,59 F 32,01 F RSH260 26,00
- 60,59 F 182,10 F
13,98 F 30,22 F RSH270 27,00
- 69,13 F 207,63 F
13,07 F 39,48 F RSH280 28,00
- 73,85 F 221,81 F
12,29 F 37,26 F RSH290 29,00
- 64,57 F 194,04 F
16,46 F 49,54 F RSH300 30,00 4
98 5
Volume 5 2013
HPC

Stainless steel
GR
- Material:
stainless steel 303
- Standard length from 300mm to
1000mm cf. column L
- External diameter tolerance: h6
- Straightness: 0.01/300mm
- Surface finish: Ra 0.4
stainles
s steel
D
h6
L
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 40+ 60+ 100+

Part number
GR2.992-6
GR3.000-6
GR3.992-6
GR3.999-6
GR4.991-9
GR5.000-6
GR5.993-6
GR5.992-9
GR6.000-6
GR6.000-9
GR7.000-6
GR7.000-9
GR7.993-6
GR7.993-9
GR8.000-6
GR8.992-9
GR9.992-9
D
2,992
3,000
3,992
3,999
4,991
5,000
5,993
5,992
6,000
6,000
7,000
7,000
7,993
7,993
8,000
8,992
9,992
Stock*
600
600
600
600
900
600
600
900
600
900
600
900
600
900
600
900
900
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 5
22,84 F
14,36 F
19,07 F
28,47 F
32,81 F
18,01 F
37,56 F
35,55 F
35,55 F
35,55 F
27,08 F
40,48 F
33,37 F
49,99 F
31,67 F
89,21 F
93,60 F
Part number
GR9.993-10
GR10.000-4
GR10.000-9
GR10.000-10
GR11.991-4
GR11.993-1
GR12.000-4
GR12.000-9
GR12.000-10
GR12.993-4
GR12.993-9
GR13.993-9
GR14.991-9
GR16.000-9
GR19.992-9
GR25.000-9
GR29.992-9
HPC
9,993
10,000
10,000
10,000
11,991
11,993
12,000
12,000
12,000
12,993
12,993
13,993
14,991
16,000
19,992
25,000
29,992
1000
400
900
1000
400
1000
400
900
1000
400
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
Stock*
4
4
4
4
-
Volume 5 2013
Price each
1 to 5
110,72 F
36,25 F
92,95 F
110,72 F
49,06 F
144,19 F
49,06 F
127,48 F
146,78 F
51,26 F
on request
149,97 F
199,41 F
199,41 F
263,87 F
367,92 F
500,59 F
5 99
Idler for plate chain

DBL820
- F or use with CAP820 and CAP815 plate chains
- Materials:
Low friction acetal
.Advantage.
2 part
design
44
DE
57
Part number
DBL820-21-25
DBL820-21-30
DBL820-21-35
DBL820-21-40
DBL820-23-25
DBL820-23-30
DBL820-23-35
DBL820-23-40
DBL820-25-25
DBL820-25-30
DBL820-25-35
DBL820-25-40
Dimensions in mm
61
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
45
30
35
40
DE
129
129
129
129
141
141
141
141
153
153
153
153
100 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
Price each
1 to 4
11,71 F
11,71 F
11,71 F
11,71 F
13,14 F
13,14 F
13,14 F
13,53 F
13,39 F
13,39 F
13,39 F
13,39 F

For chain range 821
DBL821
- F or use with CAP821 plate chains
- Materials:
Low friction acetal
DE
144
A +0,2
+0,4
Part number
DBL821-19-25
DBL821-19-30
DBL821-19-35
DBL821-19-40
DBL821-21-25
DBL821-21-30
DBL821-21-35
DBL821-21-40
DBL821-23-25
DBL821-23-30
DBL821-23-35
DBL821-23-40
DBL821-25-25
DBL821-25-30
DBL821-25-35
DBL821-25-40
Dimensions in mm
DE
118,0
118,0
118,0
118,0
129,8
129,8
129,8
129,8
142,2
142,2
142,2
142,2
154,7
154,7
154,7
154,7
156
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
HPC
Price each
1 to 4
29,21 F
29,21 F
29,21 F
29,21 F
29,73 F
29,73 F
29,73 F
29,73 F
31,01 F
31,01 F
31,01 F
31,01 F
31,74 F
31,74 F
31,74 F
31,74 F
Volume 5 2013 5 101

For chain range 805
DBL805
- For use with CAP805/SS plate chains
- Materials:
Low friction acetal
DE
84
Part number
DBL805-19-25
DBL805-19-30
DBL805-19-35
DBL805-19-40
DBL805-21-25
DBL805-21-30
DBL805-21-35
DBL805-21-40
DBL805-23-25
DBL805-23-30
DBL805-23-35
DBL805-23-40
DBL805-25-25
DBL805-25-30
DBL805-25-35
DBL805-25-40
Dimensions in mm
96
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
DE
117
117
117
117
129
129
129
129
141
141
141
141
153
153
153
153
102 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
Price each
1 to 4
15,69 F
15,69 F
15,69 F
15,69 F
16,14 F
16,14 F
16,14 F
16,14 F
17,36 F
17,36 F
17,36 F
17,36 F
18,07 F
18,07 F
18,07 F
18,07 F

For chain ranges 880 TAB and 881 TAB DBL880
- Materials:
Low friction acetal
DE
64
76
A +0,2
+0,4
Part number
DBL880-19-25
DBL880-19-30
DBL880-19-35
DBL880-19-40
DBL880-21-25
DBL880-21-30
DBL880-21-35
DBL880-21-40
DBL880-23-25
DBL880-23-30
DBL880-23-35
DBL880-23-40
DBL880-25-25
DBL880-25-30
DBL880-25-35
DBL880-25-40
Dimensions in mm
DE
118,0
118,0
118,0
118,0
129,8
129,8
129,8
129,8
142,2
142,2
142,2
142,2
154,7
154,7
154,7
154,7
Bore
A
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,4
HPC
Price each
1 to 4
11,71 F
11,71 F
11,71 F
11,71 F
12,21 F
12,21 F
12,21 F
12,21 F
13,53 F
13,53 F
13,53 F
13,43 F
14,24 F
14,24 F
14,24 F
14,24 F
Volume 5 2013 5 103
Straight track for plate chain

GDR880T For chain ranges 880 TAB and 881 TAB
- Used to support and guide CAP880T and CAP881T/
SS plate chains
- Material:
Black DESLIDUR
.Info..
- Comprises 2000mm tracks (carry and return)
00
20
25
25
AG
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
For chain
CAP880T-82
GDR880T-82
CAP881T-82/SS
CAP880T-114
GDR880T-114
CAP881T-114/SS
Dimensions in mm
104 5 Volume 5 2013
AG
(mm)
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg)
Price each
1 to 4
100
2000
5,9
247,46 F
130
2000
8,8
321,26 F
HPC
Straight track for plate chain

GDR882T
-U
sed to support and guide CAP882T and
CAP881T/SS plate chains
- Material:
Black DESLIDUR
.Info..
- Comprises 2000mm tracks (carry and return)
00
20
30
30
AG
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
GDR882T-190
GDR882T-254
GDR882T-304
For chain
CAP882T-190
CAP882T-254
CAP882T-304
Dimensions in mm
AG
(mm)
200
270
320
Length
(mm)
2000
2000
2000
HPC
Weight
(kg)
17,3
25,4
31,3
Price each
1 to 4
439,18 F
580,08 F
658,17 F
Volume 5 2013 5 105
Curved track for plate chain

GCB880T For chain ranges880 TAB and 881 TAB
- U
- Material
High density Black DESLIDUR
.Info..
- Comprises 2 tracks (carry and return)
50
90
AG
70
45
25
R1
19
9,5
K
discounts
50
Part number
For chain
CAP880T-82
GCB880T-82
CAP881T-82/SS
CAP880T-114
GCB880T-114
CAP881T-114/SS
Dimensions in mm
106 5 Volume 5 2013
AG
(mm)
100
130
HPC
R1
(mm)
K
(mm)
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight Price each
(kg)
1 to 4
500
82,5
2,4
132,22 F
610
114,3
4,4
256,76 F
Curved track for plate chain

GCB882T
-U
- Material
High density Black DESLIDUR
.Info..
- Comprises 2 tracks (carry and return)
50
90
AG
90
58
30
R1
24
15
K
50
discounts
Part number
GCB882T-190
GCB882T-254
GCB882T-304
For chain
CAP882T-190
CAP882T-254
CAP882T-304
Dimensions in mm
AG
(mm)
200
270
320
R1
(mm)
610
610
610
K
(mm)
190,5
254,0
304,8
HPC
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
8,9
13,2
16,3
Price each
1 to 4
372,55 F
509,82 F
547,58 F
Volume 5 2013 5 107
Wear strip for plate chain

L profile wear strip for plate chain
PRL
- Wear strip for mounting plate chains, clip on
mounting
- Can be used with plate thicknesses 1.5 to 3mm
- Material:
Green DESLIDUR Polyethylene (UHMW 1000)
.Info..
- Supplied in 50 metre rolls
plate
W
J
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Typical application
Part number
PRL-20C
PRL-25C
PRL-40C
Dimensions in mm
W
20
25
40
108 5 Volume 5 2013
H
10,5
10,5
10,3
HPC
C
14,5
20,0
20,0
J
3
3
3
Weight
(kg/m)
0,11
0,12
0,16
Price each
1 to 4
210,92 F
210,92 F
252,29 F
Wear strip for plate chain

Z profile wear strip for plate chain
PRZ
-W
ear strip for mounting plate chains, clip on
or permanent mounting
- Can be used with plate thicknesses 1.5 to 3mm
- Material:
Green DESLIDUR Polyethylene (UHMW 1000)
.Info..
- Supplied in 50 metre rolls
H2
H1
A
W
PRZ-P permanent mounting
PRZ-C Clip on mounting
discounts
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Typical application
Part number
W
H
Wearstrip to be clipped
PRZ-20C
20
9,0
PRZ-25C
25
9,0
Wearstrip to be filled
PRZ-20P
20
5,5
Dimensions in mm
Weight Price each

(kg/m)
1 to 4
H1
H2
13
13
3
3
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
0,12
0,17
210,92 F
210,92 F
5,5
2,0
0,07
84,06 F
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 109
Asynchronous AC motorgearboxes 0.09 to 0.22kW

Torque up to 22Nm
CHM30
-mot
- Three phase electric motor gearbox assembly
- Comprises 1 CHM30 gearbox and 1 CHT motor
(see motor section)
- 4 pole motor
- B14 mounting flange
- Motor speed 1400 rpm
- Material:
Gearbox casing: aluminium
.Accessories.
- Servo amplifier TEL-ATV11/180, TEL-ATV11/370
- Output shaft CHM30-X, CHM30-DX
- Reaction arm CHM30-BR
.Wiring.
63
55
80
- S ee wiring diagrams
N3 and N5 on
technical
information
pages
54
57
0
97
40
14H7
(4)M6x55
65
44 30
27
6,5
44
56
DISCOUNTS
Part number
CHM30-7-63C4
CHM30-10-63C4
CHM30-15-63C4
CHM30-20-63C4
CHM30-25-63B4
CHM30-30-63B4
CHM30-40-63B4
CHM30-50-63B4
CHM30-60-56B4
CHM30-80-56B4
Dimensions in mm
Qty. 1+ 6+
10+

Motor Loaded Nominal
Reduction
power
speed
Torque Service Price each
1 to 5

ratio Motor (kW) (rpm) (Nm) factor
7,5:1
63C4
0,22
186,7
9
2,1
200,98 F
10:1
63C4
0,22
140,0
11
1,6
200,98 F
15:1
63C4
0,22
93,3
16
1,0
200,53 F
20:1
63C4
0,22
70,0
20
0,9
200,53 F
25:1
63B4
0,18
56,0
20
1,0
196,27 F
30:1
63B4
0,18
46,7
22
0,9
196,27 F
40:1
63B4
0,18
35,0
21
0,8
196,27 F
50:1
63B4
0,18
28,0
19
0,8
196,27 F
60:1
56B4
0,09
23,3
18
0,9
188,94 F
80:1
56B4
0,09
17,5
13
0,9
188,94 F
110 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Asynchronous AC motorgearboxes 0.18 to 0.55kW

Torque up to 52Nm
CHM40
-mot
- Three phase electric motor gearbox assembly
- Comprises 1 CHM40 gearbox and 1 CHT motor
(see motor section)
- 4 pole motor
- B14 mounting flange
- Motor speed 1400 rpm
- Material:
Gearbox casing: aluminium
.Accessories.
- Servo amplifier TEL-ATV11/370
- Output shaft CHM40-X, CHM40-DX
- Reaction arm CHM40-BR
.Cabling.
78
63
100
- S ee wiring diagrams
N3 and N5 on
technical
information
pages
70
71,5
55 40
121,5
50
18H7
(4)M6x8
35
6,5
60
75
71
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+
10+

Motor Loaded Nominal
Price each
Reduction
power
speed
Torque Service
Part number
1 to 5
ratio Motor (kW) (rpm) (Nm) factor
CHM40-7-71C4
7,5:1
71C4
0,55
186,7
22
1,6
251,70 F
CHM40-10-71C4
10:1
71C4
0,55
140,0
30
1,4
251,70 F
CHM40-15-71C4
15:1
71C4
0,55
93,3
44
0,9
251,70 F
CHM40-20-71C4
20:1
71C4
0,55
70,0
38
1,0
251,70 F
CHM40-25-71B4
25:1
71B4
0,37
56,0
45
0,9
236,64 F
CHM40-30-71B4
30:1
71B4
0,37
46,7
52
0,8
236,64 F
CHM40-40-71A4
40:1
71A4
0,25
35,0
43
0,9
225,17 F
CHM40-50-63C4
50:1
63C4
0,22
28,0
44
0,9
222,26 F
CHM40-60-63B4
60:1
63B4
0,18
23,3
42
0,8
217,57 F
CHM40-80-63B4
80:1
63B4
0,18
17,5
36
0,8
217,57 F
CHM40-100-63B4 100:1
63B4
0,18
14,0
35
0,8
217,57 F
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 111
Reaction arm
CHMbr For CHM and CHMR gear gearboxes
- Mounts directly on the output shaft of
the CHM and CHMR gear gearboxes
- T he mounting point of the reaction
arm is equipped with an anti-vibration
bearing
C
P
A
E
F
Part number
CHM30-BR
CHM40-BR
CHM50-BR
CHM63-BR
CHM75-BR
CHM90-BR
CHM110-BR
L
85
100
100
150
200
200
250
R
15
18
18
18
30
30
35
F
24,0
31,5
38,5
49,0
47,5
57,5
62,0
H
14
14
14
14
25
25
30
E
8
10
10
10
20
20
25
112 5 Volume 5 2013
discounts
HPC
A
38
44
50
55
70
80
100
B
138
162
168
223
300
310
385
C
65
75
85
95
115
130
165
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+
40+
D
7
7
9
9
9
11
11
P
55
60
70
80
95
110
130
Weight
Price each
(kg) Stock* 1 to 5
0,18 4
8,37 F
0,24 4
8,89 F
0,27 4
9,71 F
0,57 4 12,40 F
1,10 4 18,61 F
1,26 4 26,47 F
1,92
35,21 F
Gearboxes
Full range
e
Volum
Brush strip
es 35
d
i
Gu 6-p.1
1
p.1
less
n
i
Sta teel
s
p.118
Guidance brush
p.119
Round guides
Stainless
steel p.120
Guiding profile
clamp
p.126
Swivel head,
support bar and
support arrm
less
n
i
Sta teel
s
p.130
Support bracker
less
n
i
Sta teel
s
p.133
Adjusting rod for

clamp - Male
less
n
i
Sta teel
s
p.127
Hub clamp
New
p.132
Adjustable
guide support
bracket
p.134
Roller guide
For guiding products
RAG
- L ength: 1000 mm
- Materials:
Profile and bars: stainless steel
Rollers: polyacetal
.Accessories.
- Anchoring system RAG-M8
250
250
125
22
W1
W2
17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5
25
31
9,5
37
RAG45-1000 (Row of rollers)
DISCOUNTS
Part number
RAG45-1000
RAG70-1000
RAG96-1000
RAG120-1000
W1
45
70
96
120
W2
33
58
84
108
L
(mm)
1000
1000
1000
1000
116 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
No. of
rows
1
2
3
4
Weight
(kg)
2,41
3,50
4,60
5,75
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
4
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 4
124,82 F
144,73 F
186,33 F
244,18 F
Roller guide accessory

Anchoring system
RAG
- An anchoring system comprises:
1 axle
1 nut
1 washer
- Material: stainless steel
ss steel
.Accessories.
stainle
- Swivel heads TOC and TOL
8,5
L
100
M8
A/F
18
D
20
13
12
Typical applications
Part number
RAG-12-M8
RAG-14-M8
RAG-15-M8
RAG-16-M8
D
12
14
15
16
A/F
10
12
12
14
DISCOUNTS
L
104
104
104
104
Weight
(kg)
0,11
0,14
0,16
0,16
HPC
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Stock*
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 4
5,92 F
6,68 F
7,93 F
7,93 F
Volume 5 2013 5 117
Brush strip
gmk17 For bottling and packaging applications
brosse
- Brush for conveyor system

- Materials:
Conical profile: stainless steel
Body: DESLIDUR Polyethylene (UHMW1000)
Brush: Polyethylene
.Accessories.
-C
lip GMK17
- F ixing pin APBF
- Guide support SDG
7,25
60
12
7,25
77
11,5
17
17
DISCOUNTS
Part number
GMK17-BROSSE
Colour
White
L
500
118 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,36
Qty. 1+ 10+
20+
Price each
Stock*
1 to 9
4
37,52 F
Guidance brush
Rigid support
STL
- For guidance and transport
- Easy maintenance
- Materials:
base: green PVC
brush: PA6 transparent straight fibres
rail: galvanised steel
.Avantages.
- In case of they need to be replaced, these
strip brushes can be quickly removed from
the rails
- Their use is recommended in applications
where the fibres will be subject to heavy
wear.
Easy e
nanc
mainte
BH
13
8,5
2
STL950A-K12
8
14
20
1,5
CS951-K2
12
18
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
250+
Qty. 1+ 50+ 150+
Price each
1 to 49
Length L
(mm)
Fibre
(mm)
BH
STL950A-K12
2000
0,2
22,27 F
CS951-K2
2000
16,28 F
Part number
Brush
Rail
HPC
Stock*
Volume 5 2013 5 119
Round guides
Gmk17rss
For bottling and

packaging applications
-G
uiding profile for conveyor or other
transport systems
- Materials:
Guide: DESLIDUR Polyethylene (UHMW1000)
Support: stainless steel
.Accessories.
- F ixing clip GMK17-BR, GMK17-BRS/SS,

GMK17-BRD/SS
- Support SDG
- Link GMK17-RG/SS
ss steel
stainle
2
17
17
17
11,5
11,5
R7
DISCOUNTS
Part number
GMK17R-3/SS
Colour
White
Length
L (mm)
3000
120 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
0,67
Qty. 1+ 10+
20+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 9
60,88 F
Flat Guides
gmk17pss
For bottling and

packaging applications
- Guiding profile for conveyor or other
transport systems
- Materials:
Guide: DESLIDUR polyethylene (UHMW1000)
Support: stainless steel
.Accessories.
- F ixing clip GMK17-BR, GMK17-BRS/SS,
GMK17-BRD/SS
- Support SDG
- Link GMK17-RG/SS
ss steel
stainle
21
2
17
17
11,5
7
DISCOUNTS
Part number
GMK17-P40-3/SS
GMK17-P50-2/SS
GMK17-P60-2/SS
Colour
White
White
White
40
50
60
Length
L(mm)
3000
2000
2000
Weight
(kg/m)
0,88
0,95
1,02
HPC
Qty. 1+ 10+
20+
Stock*
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 9
104,18 F
124,08 F
133,11 F
Volume 5 2013 5 121
Flat profile - Round guide

gmc For bottling and packaging applications
gmcss
- Guiding

profile for conveyor or other transport
systems
- Materials:
Guide: DESLIDUR polyethylene (UHMW1000)
Support: steel or stainless steel
- Green
.Accessories.
steel sosrteel
es t
stainlp
u
s por
- F ixing clips GMC-BR

- Supports SDG
for
Adapted
duct
ro
p
le
ip
mult
ce
n
a
guid
Typical application
Guide clip
GMC20
R.10
20
Conical guide clip

GMK17
15
Rod clip
(on request)
20
Support
SDG
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+
20+
Part number
GMC20-3000
GMC20-3000/SS
Length
(mm)
3000
3000
Support
material
Steel
Stainless steel
122 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
0,70
0,70
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 9
43,36 F
67,42 F
Guiding profile clamp

Plastic
gmcbr
gmkbr
- Single clip for GMC and GMK guides
- Materials:
Clip: reinforced polyamide
Screws: stainless steel
- Not supplied individually, please contact us
for details
.Accessories.
-G
MC and GMK guides
- F ixing pins APB-F
31,5
27
13,5
26
6,5
47
37
21
6,5
M8
8,5
GMC20-BR
27
23
6,5
44
M8
GMK17-BR
6,5
DISCOUNTS
Part number
GMC20-BR
GMK17-BR
Type
For flat channel

For round profile
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+

200+
Weight
(kg)
Stock*
0,03
0,03
4
4
HPC
Price each
1 to 49
2,92 F
2,31 F
Volume 5 2013 5 123
Joint for guiding profile

Stainless steel
gmkrgss
- For bevel guiding profile
- For connecting GMK17 profiles
19
50
12
ss steel
stainle
21
DISCOUNTS
2

Part number
GMK17-RG/SS
Weight
(kg)
0,03
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+

200+
Price each
Stock*
1 to 49
4
5,17 F
GMK17-BRD/SS
SDG10-12
GMK17R-3/SS
GMK17-P40-3/SS
APB12-100F
124 5 Volume 5 2013
on request
GMK17-BRS/SS
HPC
Clamp for guiding profile

Stainless steel
gmkbrsss
gmkbrdss
- For bevel guiding profile
.Accessories.
-G
MC and GMK
guides
- Fixing pins APBF
19
38
11,5
38 26,5
8,5
2,5
ss steel
2,5
20
stainle
Single clip GMK17-BRS/SS
20
13
38
31,5
63
11
85
2,5
2,5
31,5
ss steel
stainle
Double clip GMK17-BRD/SS
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+

200+
Part number
GMK17-BRS/SS
GMK17-BRD/SS
Type
Single
Double
Weight
(kg)
0,05
0,13
4
4
HPC
Price each
1 to 49
6,70 F
15,77 F
Volume 5 2013 5 125
Single rod clip

BSPT
Plastic
- Materials:
31,5
27
13,5
37
6,5
21
8,5
6,5
M8
DISCOUNTS
200+
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+
Part number
BSPT-8
BSPT-10
BSPT-12
BSPT-14
D
8
10
12
14
L
40
41
42
42
*Depending on avainility - Dimensions in mm
126 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,04
0,04
0,04
0,04
Stock*
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
1,40 F
1,40 F
1,40 F
1,40 F
Adjusting rod for clamp - Male

Stainless steel
apbf
- To hold GMC-BR and GMK-BR clamps
in position
-M
aterial: stainless steel
ss steel
stainle
.Info..
-N
for details
- APB15-100F has a fixing hole, not a flat
section
.Accessories.
-C
lamps GMC-BR, GMK-GR
- P rotective cap APB-BOU
- Guide supports SDG, SDG/SS
A/F
DE
M8
12
14
LT
With protective cap APB
Typical application
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 41+
101+
Part number
APB12-100T
APB14-100T
APB15-100T
APB16-100T
DE
12
14
15
16
Flat size
A/F
10
12
12
14
LT
100
100
100
100
Weight
(kg)
0,09
0,12
0,14
0,16
HPC
Stock*
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 40
5,80F
6,63F
8,02F
8,02F
Volume 5 2013 5 127
Adjusting rod for clamp - Female

Stainless steel
apbt
- Material: stainless steel
s steel
.Info..
stainles
-N
ot sold individually, please contact
us for details
.Accessories.
- Protective cap APB-BOU
- Guide supports SDG, SDG/SS
A/F
20
DE
M8
With protective cap

APB-BOU
12
LT
Typical application
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 41+
101+
Part number
APB12-100T
APB14-100T
APB15-100T
APB16-100T
DE
12
14
15
16
Flat size
A/F
10
12
12
14
128 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
LT
100
100
100
100
Weight
(kg)
0,09
0,12
0,14
0,16
Stock*
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 40
5,80F
6,63F
8,02F
8,02F
Plastic
Protective cap
APBbou
- To protect adjusting rods APB-F and APB-T

- Material: flexible PVC
- Black
- Weight: 0.01 kg
.Info..
for details
.Accessories.
- Adjusting rod APB-T or APB-F
With adjusting rod APB
DF
DISCOUNTS
100+
Qty. 1+ 41+
Part number
APB10-BOU
APB12-BOU
APB14-BOU
APB15-BOU
APB16-BOU
For shaft
DF
10
12
14
15
16
h
15
16
17
17
18
H
18
20
21
21
23
HPC
Stock*
4
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 40
0,37F
0,37F
0,37F
0,37F
0,37F
Volume 5 2013 5 129
Short swivel head

Brass or stainless steel
TOC
- For guiding profile
- Materials:
Body: nickel brass or stainless steel
Nut/washer: stainless steel
ss
stainle
l
stee
version
15,3
30
M10
D
16
43
22,5
DISCOUNTS
M10
Qty. 1+ 10+
20+
Weight
(kg)
each
Stock* Price
1 to 9
Part number
For Axis
TOC-12
TOC-14
TOC-16
12,5
14,5
16,5
APB12
APB14
APB16
0,18
0,18
0,18
4
-
9,10 F
9,10 F
9,10 F
TOC-12/SS
TOC-14/SS
TOC-16/SS
12,5
14,5
16,5
APB12
APB14
APB16
0,18
0,17
0,17
4
4
4
14,93 F
14,67 F
14,67 F
Nickel brass version
Stainless steel version
130 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Long swivel head

Stainless steel
TOL
- For guiding profile
- Materials:
Body: stainless steel 304
Nut/washer: stainless steel
ss steel
stainle
Typical application
M10
30
D
H
25
M10
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+
20+
Part number
TOL12-40/SS
TOL12-60/SS
TOL12-90/SS
TOL12-130/SS
TOL14-40/SS
TOL14-60/SS
TOL14-90/SS
TOL14-130/SS
TOL16-40/SS
TOL16-60/SS
TOL16-90/SS
TOL16-130/SS
D
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
14,5
14,5
14,5
14,5
16,5
16,5
16,5
16,5
For Axis
APB12
APB12
APB12
APB12
APB14
APB14
APB14
APB14
APB16
APB16
APB16
APB16
H
40
60
90
130
40
60
90
130
40
60
90
130
W
55
75
105
145
56
76
106
146
57
77
107
147
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,28
0,38
0,55
0,77
0,28
0,38
0,55
0,77
0,28
0,38
0,55
0,77
Price each
1 to 9
27,48 F
33,57 F
36,86 F
49,17 F
49,17 F
27,48 F
31,79 F
35,09 F
49,17 F
27,48 F
36,86 F
49,17 F
Volume 5 2013 5 131
Hub clamp
MDS
Shaft positioning
- For positioning or holding a shaft

- Material :
Blackened steel 1.1206
.Application.
Hub clamp can be quickly and easily
attached to shafts, adjusted to the proper
operating position and then locked.
New
.Assembly.
For proper torque transfer, an h11 shaft

tolerance is recommended
D+0,1
B+/-0,2
B1
L
T
D1
M D3
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+

50+
Part number D
MDS10-36
MDS12-36
MDS12-41
MDS14-41
MDS14-45
MDS16-45
10
12
12
14
14
16
Dimensions in mm
D1
D3
B1
Approx Price each

weight
1 to 4
24
24
28
28
32
32
M8
M8
M10
M10
M12
M12
10
10
12
12
14
14
15,5
15,5
17,5
17,5
19,5
19,5
13
13
15
15
17
17
36
36
41
41
45
45
11
11
14
14
16
16
0,078
0,074
0,118
0,113
0,169
0,162
132 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
19,00 F
19,00 F
21,52 F
21,52 F
26,59 F
26,59 F
Support bracket
90 corner
EDS
- Material:
stainless 34 11
steel
ss steel
stainle
70
30
28
15
28
70
30
15
12
3
11
40
EDS-70
34 11
ss steel
stainle
140
6
50
26
30
28
15
28
70
30
12
15
11
EDS-140
40
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+
20+
Typical application
Part number
EDS-70
EDS-140
L
70
140
Weight
(kg)
0,15
0,24
HPC
each
Stock* Price
1 to 9
4
4
18,05 F
21,89 F
Volume 5 2013 5 133
Adjustable guide support bracket

Plastic
sdg
- Guide support for bottling and packaging
applications
- Materials:
Support: reinforced polyamide
Spacer: stainless steel
Threaded inserts: nickel brass
- Weight: 0.20 kg
.Info..
.Accessories.
-G
uides GMC, GMK
-C
lamps GMC-BR, GMK-BR
-A
djusting rod APB-T or APB-F
30
Quick
nt
adjustme
Typical application
27
48
43,5
35
DF
FT
FM
22
17
60
199
154
45
76
9
14,5
LA
38
58
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Part number
SDG10-12
SDG10-14
SDG10-16
DF
12,5
14,5
16,5
LA
10,5
10,5
10,5
134 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
FT
(N)
2000
3000
3000
FM
(N)
4000
4000
4000
Stock*
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
8,37 F
8,37 F
10,21 F
Universal adjustable guide support bracket

Stainless steel
sdgss
-G
uide support for bottling and packaging
applications
- Materials:
reinforced polyamide
stainless steel
nickel brass (threaded inserts)
- Not sold individually, please contact us for
details
.Accessories.
ss steel
stainle
-G
uide GMC
- Clamps GMC-BR
- Adjusting rod 12, 14 and 16 APB-F
48
Detail - A
48
46
35
H
DF
251
21
19
34
205
32,5
17,8
13
104
78
13
ult
For diffic
nts
e
m
n
enviro
10,5
2,5
62
35
DISCOUNTS
Part number

DF
H
L
SDG10-UNI/SS
12
14
16
18
19
20
16
17
19
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
Price each
(kg) Stock*
1 to 49
HPC
Stock*
0,33
20,10 F
Volume 5 2013 5 135
on 9
i
t
tec -p.14
e
D 38
p.1
Cell carrier
assembly
p.138
Adjustable cross
clamp
p.139
Adjustable cell
support
p.144
Joint junction
p.148
Fixed tube carrier
p.142
Reflector support
p.145
Cell carrier assembly

Supplied assembled
PCP
-A
ssembly comprises one base, two rods, one cross
clamp and a cell carrier
- Material: reinforced polyamide
Rods: stainless steel (304) tube
.Info..
- Can be mounted on PRF aluminium profile
150
1
10
150
NPCR-10
21
53
21
40
40
NPTF20-10
30
NPTR10-10
discounts
57
Qty. 1+ 25+ 50+

Stock*
Part number
PCP10-150
138 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Price each
1 to 24
28,32 F
Adjustable cross clamp

Quick adjustment
nptrm
- F or 14 to 20 round tube
- Materials:
Thread inserts: zinc plated steel
Quick
t
adjustmen
.Accessories.
- APB-F and APB-T adjusting rods
30
30
DF2
10
15
25
15
10
75
30
DF1
42
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
NPTR14-14/M
NPTR15-15/M
NPTR16-16/M
NPTR18-18/M
NPTR20-20/M
DF1
14
15
16
18
20
DF2
14
15
16
18
20
Weight
(kg)
0,09
0,09
0,09
0,09
0,09
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price each
Stock*
1 to 49
4
14,69 F
4
14,69 F
4
14,69 F
14,69 F
4
14,69 F
Volume 5 2013 5 139

NPTR Standard version for 10mm + 12mm rod
- F or 10 +12 round tubes or 8mm +10mm
square rods
- Materiels:
Reinforced polyamide / Screws: stainless
steel
.Info..
for details
round tube
square
tube
21
19,5
8,5
55
6
3
6
16
7,5
12
28
7,5
DISCOUNTS
Part number
NPTR10-10
NPTR12-12

round tube
10
12

square tube
8
10
140 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,03
0,03
Qty 1+ 25+ 50+

Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 24
5,04 F
5,04 F

Standard version
nptr
- F or 14 to 20 round tube
- Materials:
.Info..
.Accessories.
DF1
DF2
7
30
10
25
10
DF1
14
14
14
15
15
16
18
20
40
15
75
Part number
NPTR14-14
NPTR14-15
NPTR14-16
NPTR15-15
NPTR15-16
NPTR16-16
NPTR18-18
NPTR20-20
30
DF2
14
15
16
15
16
16
18
20
Weight
(kg)
0,07
0,07
0,07
0,07
0,07
0,07
0,07
0,07
HPC
10
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
5,56 F
5,56 F
5,56 F
5,56 F
5,56 F
5,56 F
5,56 F
5,56 F
Volume 5 2013 5 141
Fixed tube carrier

For 10 to 14 tubes
NPTF20
- F or round or square tubes
- Materials:
21
3
40
.Info..
-N
ot sold individually,
please contact us Detail X
for details
10,5
20 12,8
6
6,5
cDC
DF
30
Part number
NPTF20-10
NPTF20-12
NPTF20-14
DISCOUNTS
40
57
cDC
DF
DF
10
12
14
Weight
(kg)
0,03
0,03
0,03
DC
8
10
12
nptf20
ent
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
4,86 F
4,86 F
5,39 F
Spacer for tube carrier

Plastic
.Info..
57
40
30
5
6,
15
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
NPTF20-ENT4
NPTF20-ENT6
H
4
6
142 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,01
0,02
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
2,59 F
2,59 F
Fixed tube carrier

For 14 to 20 tubes
NPTF30
32
3
- F or round or square tubes

- Materials:
10,5
58
.Accessories.
30
-A
PB-F and APB-T
adjusting rods
cDC
Detail X
DF
8,5
80
61
DISCOUNTS
45
cDC
DF
Part number
NPTF30-14
NPTF30-16
NPTF30-18
NPTF30-20
13,5
1614
DF
14
16
18
20
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price each
1 to 49
4
10,65 F
4
10,65 F
4
10,65 F
4
10,65 F
Weight
(kg)
0,09
0,09
0,09
0,09
DC
12
14
16
18
Spacer for tube carrier

nptf30
Plastic
ent
.Info..
80
61
45
22
,5
8,
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
NPTF30-ENT10
H
10
Weight
(kg)
0,03
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
2,73 F
Volume 5 2013 5 143
Adjustable cell support

Plastic
npcr
- F or round or square tube
- Materials:
Screws: strainless steel
.Info..
- Not sold individually, please contact
us for details
.Accessories.
- Various types of detectors
DF
cDC
20
19
30
25
11
60
DISCOUNTS
Part number
NPCR-10
NPCR-12
NPCR-14
DF
10
12
14
DC
8
10
12
144 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,02
0,02
0,02
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Disc. List -5% on request
Price each
Stock*
1 to 49
4
4,86 F
4
4,86 F
4
5,28 F
Reflector support
npr
Plastic
- F or round tube
- Materials:
.Accessories.
25
90
90
11
75
85
7
25
32
25
R10
58
47
15
DF
40
30
3
DISCOUNTS
Part number
NPR-12
NPR-14
NPR-15
NPR-16
NPR-18
NPR-20
DF
12
14
15
16
18
20
Weight
(kg)
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 49
19,73 F
19,73 F
19,73 F
19,73 F
19,73 F
19,73 F
Volume 5 2013 5 145
Articulated clamp
For rod or tube
NSA
- Holds cylindrical sections (rods, tubes...)
- With wing nut
- Materials:
Wing knob: thermosetting plastic
Colour: dark grey
Clamp: high-resistance anodised
aluminium
Bar and socket: shiny polished
chrome-finished steel
.Advantages.
-A
djustable without bearing
- Wing nut style knob means quickly tightened
88,6
30
36,6
22
16+0,1
16H8
35
29,5
75
25
21
DISCOUNTS
Part number
NSA-16
For shaft
16
146 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,150
Qty. 1+ 10+
30+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 9
52,16 F
Adjustable clamp
For rod or tube
NSR
- Holds cylindrical sections (rods, tubes...)
- Materials:
Colour: dark grey
Screw: steel, resistance class 5.8
Other parts: high-resistance anodised
aluminium
.Advantages.
- Each side adjusts individually, no bearing
- Simple construction using wing nuts
- Tightens quickly
L2
L
L1
L4
L2
L4
D1
H1
H
D2
Example of use
L3
Wing knobs
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+
30+
Part number
NSR-8
NSR-10
NSR-12
NSR-16
NSR-20
D
8
10
12
16
20
D1 D2
28
M8
32
M8
36
M8
45 M10
74 M10
L
90
100
104
142
172
L1
42
52
56
72
102
L2
24
24
24
35
35
*Dans la limite du disponible - Dimensions en mm
L3
24
32
34
44
62
L4
13
15
17
22
30
HPC
H
50
50
50
75
75
H1
8,5
9,5
10,5
13,5
22,0
Weight
Price each
(kg) Stock* 1 to 9
0,086
37,80 F
0,124
4
39,57 F
0,157
4
45,30 F
0,345
4
57,68 F
1,110
4
86,35 F
Volume 5 2013 5 147
Multiple junction clamp

For rod or tube
NJM
- For
extending cylindrical sections, either
in-line or parallel mounting
- Materials:
Colour: dark grey
Screw: resistance class 5.8, yellow bichrome
steel
Body: high-resistance anodised aluminium
.Advantages.
- P arallel mounting arrangement can be
used to strengthen a structure
- Additional holes in body allow orthogonal
joints to be assembled
L
D
H1
L4
L2
L3
L1
D2 H
L2
D H2
D1
Positions:
DISCOUNTS
Parallel
Part number
NJM-8
NJM-10
NJM-12
NJM-16
Coaxial
D D1 D2 L
8
28 M8 89
10
32 M8 90
12
36 M8 90
16
45 M10 126
L1
36
40
44
56
Orthogonal
L2
17
19
21
27
148 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
L3
20
20
20
24
L4
8
10
12
16
H
50
50
50
75
H1
24
24
24
35
H2
15
15
15
20
Qty. 1+ 10+
30+
Weight
Price each
(kg) Stock* 1 to 9
0,074 4 37,80 F
0,093 4 39,57 F
0,118 4 45,25 F
0,262
57,68 F
Portal
Free access
from our website
X
Z
Y
+ than 1000
different product ranges
available for download
or ts
y
e
nv onen 73
o
C p .1
p
com.152p
Tube end cap
p.152
Bipod and tripod
p.157
Foot
ess
l
n
i
sta teel
s
p.160
Flanged bearing
stainlelss
stee
p.168
End cap for round tube

Black plastic
bptr
- Material: black technopolymer
.Info..
-D
imensions are given as a guide and
are subject to change
- Not sold individually, please
contact us for details
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 60+ 100+

200+
Price each
Part
Price each
External
Tube
External
Tube
Part number tube thickness Stock* 1 to 59
number tube thickness Stock* 1 to 59
BPTR-10
10
1-2
40
1-3
4
4
0,16 F BPTR-40
0,90 F
BPTR-12
12
1-2
42
1-2
4
4
0,16 F BPTR-42/1-2
0,98 F
BPTR-13
13
1-2
42
2-4
4
0,16 F BPTR-42/2-4
1,04 F
BPTR-14
14
1-2
45
1-3,5
4
0,20 F BPTR-45
1,72 F
BPTR-15
15
1-2
48
1,2-3,6
4
4
0,31 F BPTR-48
1,72 F
BPTR-16
16
1-2
50
1-2
4
4
0,20 F BPTR-50
1,72 F
BPTR-18
18
1-2
52
1,5-3,5
4
0,25 F BPTR-52
1,90 F
BPTR-19
19
1-2
55
1-3
0,20 F BPTR-55
2,02 F
BPTR-20
20
1-2
60
1,5-3
4
4
0,25 F BPTR-60/1.5-3
2,49 F
BPTR-21
21
1-2
60
3-4
4
4
0,25 F BPTR-60/3-4
2,57 F
BPTR-22
22
1-2
65
1,5-3,5
4
0,25 F BPTR-65
2,61 F
BPTR-23
23
1-2,5
70
2-4,5
0,25 F BPTR-70
2,67 F
BPTR-25
25
1-3
75
1-3,5
On request
4
0,31 F BPTR-75
BPTR-27
27
1-3
76
1,6-4
4
0,38 F BPTR-76
3,03 F
BPTR-28
28
1-2
80
1,5-3
4
0,38 F BPTR-80
3,13 F
BPTR-30
30
1-2
90
2,5-5
4
0,46 F BPTR-90
4,95 F
BPTR-32
32
1-2
95
1,5-4
4
0,57 F BPTR-95
7,09 F
BPTR-34
34
1-3
BPTR-100
100
2-4,5
4
4
0,63 F
5,43 F
BPTR-35
35
1-2
102
2-4
0,73 F BPTR-102
5,64 F
BPTR-36
36
1-2
105
2-4,5
4
0,73 F BPTR-105
5,90 F
BPTR-38
38
1-3,5
110
2-4,5
4
0,79 F BPTR-110
6,57 F
BPTR-120
120
2-4
7,27 F
152 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
End cap with threaded insert for round tube

Black plastic
bptrm
H1
- Materials:
Cap: Glass reinforced polyamide
Insert: Nickel brass
.Info..
- Values

given for static loads. For dynamic or
vibrating loads, they should be reduced
H
T
D1
.Option.
- Stainless steel insert
Part number
BPTR30/1-M10
BPTR30/1-M12
BPTR30/1-M14
BPTR30/1-M16
BPTR38/1.5-M10
BPTR38/1.5-M12
BPTR38/1.5-M14
BPTR38/1.5-M16
BPTR42/1.5-M10
BPTR42/1.5-M12
BPTR42/1.5-M14
BPTR42/1.5-M16
BPTR42/1.5-M20
BPTR48/1.5-M10
BPTR48/1.5-M12
BPTR48/1.5-M14
BPTR48/1.5-M16
BPTR48/1.5-M20
BPTR50/1.5-M12
BPTR50/1.5-M14
BPTR50/1.5-M16
BPTR50/1.5-M20
BPTR60/1.5-M14
BPTR60/1.5-M16
BPTR60/1.5-M20
BPTR60/1.5-M24
BPTR60/2-M14
BPTR60/2-M16
BPTR60/2-M20
BPTR60/2-M24
BPTR60/2.5-M14
BPTR60/2.5-M16
BPTR60/2.5-M20
BPTR60/2.5-M24
T
M10
M12
M14
M16
M10
M12
M14
M16
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
M12
M14
M16
M20
M14
M16
M20
M24
M14
M16
M20
M24
M14
M16
M20
M24
DISCOUNTS
D
30
30
30
30
38
38
38
38
42
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
48
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
D1
28,5
28,5
28,5
28,5
35,5
35,5
35,5
35,5
39,5
39,5
39,5
39,5
39,5
45,5
45,5
45,5
45,5
45,5
47,5
47,5
47,5
47,5
57,5
57,5
57,5
57,5
56,5
56,5
56,5
56,5
55,5
55,5
55,5
55,5
H
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
H1
35
35
35
35
43
43
43
43
42
42
42
42
42
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Qty. 1+ 60+ 100+

200+
Static
Tube
Price each
load (N) dimensions Stock* 1 to 59
3200
30x1x28
7,93 F
3200
30x1x28
7,93 F
3200
30x1x28
7,93 F
3200
30x1x28 4
7,93 F
5500 38x1,5x35
7,84 F
5500 38x1,5x35
8,88 F
5500 38x1,5x35
8,88 F
5500 38x1,5x35
7,93 F
6500 42x1,5x39
8,88 F
6500 42x1,5x39 4
8,88 F
6500 42x1,5x39
8,88 F
6500 42x1,5x39
8,88 F
6500 42x1,5x39
9,71 F
8000 48x1,5x45
8,88 F
8000 48x1,5x45
8,88 F
8000 48x1,5x45
8,88 F
8000 48x1,5x45
8,88 F
8000 48x1,5x45
9,85 F
8500 50x1,5x47
10,34 F
8500 50x1,5x47
10,34 F
8500 50x1,5x47
10,34 F
8500 50x1,5x47
10,34 F
10000 60x1,5x57 4
11,63 F
10000 60x1,5x57
11,63 F
10000 60x1,5x57
11,63 F
10000 60x1,5x57
13,42 F
10000 60x2x56
11,63 F
10000 60x2x56
11,63 F
10000 60x2x56
11,63 F
10000 60x2x56
13,42 F
10000 60x2,5x55
12,61 F
10000 60x2,5x55
12,61 F
10000 60x2,5x55
12,61 F
10000 60x2,5x55
13,42 F
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 153
End cap for square tube

Black plastic
btc
.Info..
-D
imensions are given as a guide and are
subject to change
for details
DISCOUNTS
Price each
External
Tube
Part number of tube thickness Stock* 1 to 59
BTC10
10x10
1,5-2
0,16 F
BTC12
12x12
1,5-2
0,16 F
BTC13
13x13
1,5-2
0,16 F
BTC15
15x15
1,5-2
4
0,20 F
BTC16
16x16
1,5-2
0,20 F
BTC18
18x18
1,5-3
0,20 F
BTC20
20x20
1-3
4
0,20 F
BTC22
22x22
1-3
0,25 F
BTC25/1-3 25x25
1-3
4
0,25 F
BTC28
28x28
1,5-3
0,46 F
BTC30/1-2.5 30x30
1-2,5
4
0,46 F
BTC30/2.5-4.5 30x30
2,5-4,5
4
0,57 F
BTC35/1-3 35x35
1-3
4
0,84 F
BTC35/2.5-5 35x35
2,5-5
4
0,84 F
BTC40/1-3 40x40
1-3
4
1,11 F
BTC40/2.5-4 40x40
2,5-4
4
1,11 F
BTC40/5-5.5 40x40
5-5,5
1,11 F
154 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty. 1+ 60+ 100+

200+
Price each
External
Tube
BTC40/4-4.5 40x40
4-4,5
1,11 F
BTC45
45x45
1-3
4
1,22 F
BTC50/1-2.5 50x50
1-2,5
4
1,39 F
BTC50/2.6-4 50x50
2,6-4
4
1,53 F
BTC50/3.5-6 50x50
3,5-6
4
1,58 F
BTC60/1.5-3.5 60x60 1,5-3,5
4
2,45 F
BTC60/3-5
60x60
3-5
4
2,45 F
BTC70
70x70
2-4
4
4,08 F
BTC80/2-4
80x80
2-4
4
4,55 F
BTC80/3-5
80x80
3-5
4
4,76 F
BTC90/2-5
90x90
2-5
8,14 F
BTC90/3.6-5 90x90
3,6-5
8,05 F
BTC100/1-4 100x100
1-4
4
9,23 F
BTC100/5-8 100x100
5-8
4
9,19 F
BTC120
120x120 2,5-5
4
14,24 F
BTC150/5-8 150x150
5-8
24,09 F
BTC150/10-12.5 150x150 10-12,5
24,09 F
End cap with threaded insert for square tube

Black plastic
btcm
- Materials:
Cap: Glass reinforced polyamide
Insert: Nickel brass
.Option.
- Stainless steel insert
.Info..
- V alues given for static loads. For
dynamic or vibrating loads, they H1
should be reduced.
H
T
Q1
Part number
BTC30/1.5-M10
BTC30/1.5-M12
BTC30/1.5-M14
BTC30/1.5-M16
BTC35/1.5-M10
BTC35/1.5-M12
BTC35/1.5-M14
BTC35/1.5-M16
BTC35/1.5-M20
BTC40/1.5-M10
BTC40/1.5-M12
BTC40/1.5-M14
BTC40/1.5-M16
BTC40/1.5-M20
BTC40/2-M10
BTC40/2-M12
BTC40/2-M14
BTC40/2-M16
BTC40/2-M20
BTC50/1.5-M12
BTC50/1.5-M14
BTC50/1.5-M16
BTC50/1.5-M20
BTC50/2.5-M12
BTC50/2.5-M14
BTC50/2.5-M16
BTC50/2.5-M20
T
M10
M12
M14
M16
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
M12
M14
M16
M20
M12
M14
M16
M20
Q
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Q1
27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5
32,5
32,5
32,5
32,5
32,5
37,5
37,5
37,5
37,5
37,5
36,5
36,5
36,5
36,5
36,5
47,5
47,5
47,5
47,5
45,5
45,5
45,5
45,5
DISCOUNTS
H
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
H1
33
33
33
33
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
HPC
Qty. 1+ 60+ 100+

200+
Static
Tube
Price each
load (N) dimensions Stock* 1 to 59
5500 30x1,5x27 4
7,93 F
5500 30x1,5x27 4
7,93 F
5500 30x1,5x27
7,93 F
5500 30x1,5x27 4
7,93 F
7000 35x1,5x32
8,51 F
7000 35x1,5x32 4
8,51 F
7000 35x1,5x32
8,51 F
7000 35x1,5x32 4
8,51 F
7000 35x1,5x32
8,51 F
8000 40x1,5x37 4
8,92 F
8000 40x1,5x37 4
8,92 F
8000 40x1,5x37
8,88 F
8000 40x1,5x37 4
8,88 F
8000 40x1,5x37
8,88 F
40x2x36
8000
4
8,88 F
8000
40x2x36
4
8,88 F
40x2x36
8000
8,88 F
8000
40x2x36
4
8,88 F
40x2x36
8000
4
8,88 F
9500 50x1,5x47 4
8,88 F
9500 50x1,5x47
8,88 F
9500 50x1,5x47 4
8,88 F
9500 50x1,5x47
8,88 F
9500 50x2,5x45
8,88 F
9500 50x2,5x45
8,88 F
9500 50x2,5x45 4
8,88 F
9500 50x2,5x45 4
8,88 F
Volume 5 2013 5 155
End cap for rectangular tube

Black plastic
btc
.Info..
-D
imensions are given as a guide and are subject to
change
- Not sold individually, please contact us for details.
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 60+ 100+

200+
Price each
Price each
Part
Part
External
Tube
External
Tube
Stock* 1 to 59
number of tube thickness Stock* 1 to 59
number of tube thickness
BTC20-10 20x10
1-2
0,20 F BTC55-40 55x40
1,5-4
1,22 F
BTC20-15 20x15
1-2
0,25 F BTC60-15 60x15
1-2
1,11 F
BTC25-10 25x10
1-1,5
0,31 F BTC60-20 60x20
1-3
1,16 F
BTC25-15 25x15
1-2,5
4
0,31 F BTC60-25 60x25
1-2,5
1,26 F
BTC25-20 25x20
1-3
0,31 F BTC60-30 60x30
1,5-2
4
1,31 F
On request
BTC30-10 30x10
1-1,5
0,38 F BTC60-35 60x35 1,5-3,5
1-3
4
1,72 F
BTC30-15 30x15
1-2,5
4
0,38 F BTC60-40/1-3 60x40
4-5
4
3,34 F
BTC30-20 30x20
1,5-3
4
0,42 F BTC60-40/4-5 60x40
2,34 F
BTC30-25 30x25
3
0,52 F BTC60-50 60x50 1,5-3,5
BTC70-20
70x20
1-2
3,54 F
BTC35-10 35x10
1-2
0,84 F
1,5-2
2,02 F
BTC35-20 35x20
1-2,5
4
0,52 F BTC70-25 70x25
1,5-2
2,07 F
BTC35-25 35x25
1-3
0,57 F BTC70-30 70x30
BTC70-40/1.5-2
70x40
1,5-2
2,45 F
BTC35-30 35x30
1-1,5
4
1,11 F
2-4
2,93 F
BTC40-10 40x10
1,5
0,73 F BTC70-40/2-4 70x40
1,5-2
2,02 F
BTC40-15 40x15
1-1,5
0,52 F BTC80-20 80x20
1-2,5
2,07 F
BTC40-20/1-2 40x20
1-2
4
0,67 F BTC80-30/1-2.5 80x30
2,5-4
2,14 F
BTC40-20/3 40x20
3
0,79 F BTC80-30/2.5-4 80x30
1-3
4
2,25 F
BTC40-25 40x25
1-3
0,73 F BTC80-40/1-3 80x40
3,2-4
4
5,06 F
BTC40-30 40x30
1-3
0,79 F BTC80-40/3.2-4 80x40
2-4
4
4,76 F
BTC40-35 40x35
1-3
0,79 F BTC80-50 80x50
BTC80-60/2.5-3
80x60
2,5-3
5,00 F
BTC45-15 45x15
1,5-2
0,73 F
5
7,00 F
BTC45-20 45x20
1,5-2
0,79 F BTC80-60/5 80x60
2-4
4
5,90 F
BTC45-25 45x25
1,5-2
0,84 F BTC100-40 100x40
2-3
4
6,12 F
BTC45-30 45x30
1-2,5
0,90 F BTC100-50/2-3 100x50
3,2-5
4
6,37 F
BTC45-35 45x35
1-3,5
0,98 F BTC100-50/3.2-5 100x50
1,5-2
6,37 F
BTC50-10 50x10
1-1,5
0,79 F BTC120-30 120x30
2
11,85 F
BTC50-20 50x20
1-3
0,84 F BTC120-40/2 120x40
3-5
6,77 F
BTC50-25 50x25 1,5-2,5
4
0,90 F BTC120-40/3-5 120x40
2-4
4
7,27 F
BTC50-30/1.5-2 50x30
1,5-2
4
0,90 F BTC120-60 120x60
2-3
9,98 F
BTC50-30/3 50x30
3
4
1,16 F BTC120-80/2-3 120x80
5-8
4
9,98 F
BTC50-35 50x35
1-3,5
0,98 F BTC120-80/5-8 120x80
2-4,5
12,75 F
BTC50-40 50x40 1,5-2,5
1,22 F BTC140-80 140x80
3-8
15,49 F
BTC55-34 55x34
1,5
1,22 F BTC150-100 150x100
156 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Bipod support base

Plastic
ESCB
- Combined bipod support part
- Component for conveyor structure
- For round tube
- Materials
Body: Reinforced polyamide
Inserts: Nickel brass
.Accessories.
- Compatible PR Feet
Typical application
FM
FT
85
65
M16
150
30
R234
76
R253
DF
60
40
97
57
42,5
FD
DISCOUNTS
Part number
ESCB-42
ESCB-48
ESCB-50
ESCB-60
DF
42,4
48,3
50,9
60,3
Max. load
resistance. FM (N)
13000
13000
13000
13000
Max. sliding
force FD(N)
7500
7500
7500
7500
Max. working
load FT (N)
7500
8000
8500
9000
HPC
Weight
(kg)
1,60
1,60
1,60
1,60
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Stock*
4
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 4
42,45 F
42,45 F
43,58 F
42,45 F
Volume 5 2013 5 157
Simple support base (bipod)

Plastic
ESSB
- Bipod support base
- Component for conveyor
structure
- For round tube
- Materials
.Accessories.
FT
FM
30
76
135
65
48
80
DF
M16
30
400
433
DISCOUNTS
Part number
ESSB-42
ESSB-48
ESSB-50
ESSB-60
DF
42,4
48,3
50,9
60,3
Max. load
resistance FM (N)
12000
12000
12000
12000
158 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Max. working
load FT (N)
8000
8500
9000
10000
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Weight
(kg)
1,03
1,01
0,99
0,97
Stock*
4
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 4
36,65 F
36,65 F
36,65 F
36,65 F
Support base (tripod)

Plastic
ESST
- High stability
- Component for conveyor structure
- For round tube
- Materials:
.Accessories.
FM
Typical application
FT
84
150
65
30
M16
R253
R234
76
DF
DISCOUNTS
Part number
ESST-42
ESST-48
ESST-50
ESST-60
DF
42,4
48,3
50,9
60,3
Max. load resistance

FM (N)
16000
16000
16000
16000
Max. working
load FT (N)
8000
8500
9000
10000
HPC
Weight
(kg)
1,90
1,90
1,90
1,90
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Price each
Stock*
1 to 4
4
40,88 F
39,74 F
4
41,59 F
4
37,05 F
Volume 5 2013 5 159
Fixed levelling foot 40 and 50

Accepts loads up to 11.000N
pr40
PR50
- Levelling foot
- Rubber anti-slip sole (NBR 70 Shore )
- Black glass fibre reinforced Polyamide base
- Threaded ball ended rod in plated steel
or stainless steel
- Nut not supplied
on-slip
With n e
bas
Steel or stainless
steel shaft
.Advantages.
- Self aligning on floor due to use of ball ended rod
- Flexible and non-slip sole
.Info..
- If subjected to vibration,

the static loads shown
should be reduced
H1 H
30
B
A/F
discounts
D
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price
Static
each
load
Stock*
(N)
1 to 49
Part number
Thread
F
A/F
H1
PR40-8-50
PR40-8-100
PR50-10-75
PR50-10-125
PR50-12-75
PR50-12-125
40
40
50
50
50
50
M8
M8
M10
M10
M12
M12
50
100
75
125
75
125
27
27
30
30
30
30
12
12
14
14
14
14
16,5
16,5
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
77
127
105
155
105
155
80
130
108
158
108
158
10000
10000
11000
11000
11000
11000
4
4
4
4
4
-
5,03 F
6,96 F
6,78 F
8,09 F
7,44 F
8,30 F
PR40-8-50/SS
PR40-8-100/SS
PR50-10-75/SS
PR50-10-125/SS
PR50-12-75/SS
PR50-12-125/SS
40
40
50
50
50
50
M8
M8
M10
M10
M12
M12
50
100
75
125
75
125
27
27
30
30
30
30
12
12
14
14
14
14
16,5
16,5
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
77
127
105
155
105
155
80
130
108
158
108
158
10000
10000
11000
11000
11000
11000
4
4
4
-
9,39 F
13,39 F
12,53 F
15,40 F
11,53 F
14,07 F
Steel shaft
Stainless steel shaft
*Depending on avaibility- Dimensions in mm
160 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Articulated foot 83
Maximum load 20.000N
pr85
Steel or
stainless
steel rod
- Articulated foot
- Non slip base
- Materials:
Base: Black glass reinforced polyamide (Shore hardness 70)
Rod: Zinc plated steel or stainless 304 (nut not supplied)
- Supplied without nut
With
.Advantages.
-A
rticulated rod allows auto-alignment
with the ground
- Sole material ensures flexibility and grip
lip
non-s
base
.Info..
- Values given for static loads will be reduced in case of a vibrating load
30
30
F
F
Type M
Type H
H1 B
H
B
H1 H
A/F
8,5
A G
A/F
8,5
A G
55
55
DISCOUNTS
Part number
Thread
F
A/F
H1
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Static
Price
load
each
(N) Type Stock* 1 to 49
PR85-12-75
PR85-12-125
PR85-16-75
PR85-16-150
PR85-16-200
PR85-20-125
PR85-20-175
PR85-20-225
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
75
125
75
150
200
125
175
225
38
38
38
38
38
41
41
41
14
14
16
16
16
17
17
17
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
113
163
113
188
238
166
216
266
116
166
116
191
241
169
219
269
15000
15000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
H
H
H
H
H
M
M
M
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
9,10 F
10,16 F
9,56 F
11,26 F
12,37 F
10,41 F
11,90 F
13,50 F
PR85-12-75/SS
PR85-12-125/SS
PR85-16-75/SS
PR85-16-150/SS
PR85-16-200/SS
PR85-20-125/SS
PR85-20-175/SS
PR85-20-225/SS
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
75
125
75
150
200
125
175
225
38
38
41
41
41
41
41
41
14
14
13
13
13
17
17
17
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
113
163
116
191
241
166
216
266
116
166
119
194
244
169
219
269
15000
15000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
H
H
M
M
M
M
M
M
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
15,43 F
17,73 F
15,43 F
18,89 F
21,25 F
21,60 F
25,43 F
30,72 F
Hexagonal
Steel rod
Stainless steel rod
For adjustment
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 161
Articulated foot 103

pr105
- Articulated foot
- Non slip base
- Materials:
Base: Black glass reinforced polyamide
(Shore hardness 70)
Rod: Zinc plated steel or
stainless 304 (nut not supplied)
.Advantages.
ip
sl
onn
h
t
Wi base
- Articulated rod allows auto-alignment

with the ground
30
F
.Info..
- V alues given for static loads will
be reduced in case of a vibrating
load
H1
Steel or
stainless
steel rod
A/F
12,5
A G
DISCOUNTS
73
For adjustment
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Static
Price
load
each
(N) Stock* 1 to 49
Part number
Thread
F
A/F
H1
PR105-16-75
PR105-16-150
PR105-16-225
PR105-20-125
PR105-20-200
PR105-20-250
PR105-24-125
PR105-24-200
PR105-24-250
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
75
150
225
125
200
250
125
200
250
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
126
201
276
176
251
301
176
251
301
129
204
279
179
254
304
179
254
304
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
15,22 F
18,33 F
22,55 F
15,43 F
18,28 F
22,55 F
15,43 F
18,28 F
22,55 F
PR105-16-75/SS
PR105-16-150/SS
PR105-16-225/SS
PR105-20-125/SS
PR105-20-200/SS
PR105-20-250/SS
PR105-24-125/SS
PR105-24-200/SS
PR105-24-250/SS
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
75
150
225
125
200
250
125
200
250
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
126
201
276
176
251
301
175
250
300
129
204
279
179
254
304
178
253
303
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
27,00 F
35,70 F
45,97 F
31,27 F
42,89 F
49,80 F
31,24 F
42,89 F
49,80 F
Steel rod
Stainless steel rod
162 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Articulated foot 123

pr125
- Articulated foot
- Non slip base
- Materials:
Base: Black glass reinforced polyamide (Shore
hardness 70)
Rod: Zinc plated steel or stainless 304
(nut not supplied)
30
ip
n-sl
o
n
With base
F
.Advantages.
-A
rticulated rod allows auto-alignment
with the ground
H1
.Info..
- V alues given for static loads will be

reduced in case of a vibrating load
Steel or
stainless
steel rod
A/F
12,5
A G
For adjustment
DISCOUNTS
87
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Static
Price
load
each
H1
(N) Stock* 1 to 49
Part number
Thread
F
A/F
PR125-16-75
PR125-16-150
PR125-16-225
PR125-20-125
PR125-20-200
PR125-20-250
PR125-24-125
PR125-24-200
PR125-24-250
PR125-30-125
PR125-30-200
PR125-30-250
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
75
150
225
125
200
250
125
200
250
125
200
250
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
58
58
58
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
26
26
26
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
132
207
282
182
257
307
182
257
307
183
258
308
133
208
285
185
260
310
185
260
310
186
261
311
35000
35000
35000
35000
35000
35000
35000
35000
35000
35000
35000
35000
PR125-16-75/SS
PR125-16-150/SS
PR125-16-225/SS
PR125-20-125/SS
PR125-20-200/SS
PR125-20-250/SS
PR125-24-125/SS
PR125-24-200/SS
PR125-24-250/SS
PR125-30-125/SS
PR125-30-200/SS
PR125-30-250/SS
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
75
150
225
125
200
250
125
200
250
125
200
250
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
58
58
58
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
26
26
26
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
132
207
282
182
257
307
182
257
307
183
258
308
135
210
285
185
260
310
185
260
310
186
261
311
35000 - 30,50 F
35000 4 39,16 F
35000 - 49,42 F
35000 4 36,28 F
35000 4 46,33 F
35000 - 53,25 F
35000 - 36,28 F
35000 - 46,33 F
35000 - 53,25 F
35000 - 41,16 F
35000 - 52,54 F
35000 - 59,87 F
Steel rod
Stainless steel rod
HPC
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
17,70 F
20,83 F
24,34 F
17,62 F
20,54 F
24,15 F
17,62 F
20,54 F
24,15 F
18,92 F
22,63 F
25,15 F
Volume 5 2013 5 163
Pressed stainless steel articulating foot

pat85ss
- Articulated foot
- Swivel: +/- 4 from vertical
- Materials:
Base and rod: stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
Sole: vulcanised rubber (Shore hardness 80)
ss steel
stainle
.Uses.
- Laboratory furniture
- Medical and food industries
.Note.
- V alues for static load given at 50% of rod
length. With dynamic or vibrating loads,
value will be lower.
8
M
B
H
A/F
10,5
G
Part number
PAT85-16-100/SS
PAT85-16-150/SS
PAT85-16-175/SS
PAT85-20-100/SS
PAT85-20-150/SS
PAT85-20-200/SS
S
7
7
7
7
7
7
B
100
150
175
100
150
200
discounts
65
D
D
85
85
85
85
85
85
Qty. 1+ 6+ 10+
15+
A/F
13
13
13
17
17
17
164 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
M
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
G
16
16
16
16
16
16
Static load
130
180
205
130
180
230
12000
12000
12000
12000
12000
12000
(N)
(N)
Stock*
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 5
44,55 F
46,86 F
49,13 F
46,86 F
49,01 F
50,51 F
Pressed stainless steel articulating foot

pat123ss
- Articulated foot
- Swivel: +/- 4 from vertical
- Materials:
Base and rod: stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
Sole: vulcanised rubber (Shore hardness 80)
- Base 123mm
.Uses.
- Laboratory furniture
- Medical and food industries
.Note.
- V alues for static load given at 50% of rod length.
With dynamic or vibrating loads, value will be
lower
8
M
B
H
A/F
12,5
G
S
Part number
PAT123-16-100/SS
PAT123-16-150/SS
PAT123-16-175/SS
PAT123-20-100/SS
PAT123-20-150/SS
PAT123-20-200/SS
PAT123-24-100/SS
PAT123-24-150/SS
PAT123-24-200/SS
PAT123-30-150/SS
PAT123-30-200/SS
PAT123-30-250/SS
S
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
discounts
98
D
B
100
150
175
100
150
200
100
150
200
150
200
250
D
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
A/F
13
13
13
17
17
17
20
20
20
26
26
26
M
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
G
23,5
23,5
23,5
23,5
23,5
23,5
23,5
23,5
23,5
23,5
23,5
23,5
HPC
(N)
Qty. 1+ 6+ 10+
15+
137
187
212
137
187
237
138
188
238
188
238
288
Static
Price each
load (N) Stock* 1 to 5
20000
59,44 F
4
20000
61,76 F
20000
64,88 F
4
20000
61,90 F
4
20000
62,37 F
20000
64,22 F
4
20000
62,96 F
4
20000
64,22 F
4
20000
66,54 F
20000
72,35 F
20000
79,90 F
20000
86,14 F
4
Volume 5 2013 5 165
Floor mounting levelling plate

SPIT
- Levelling support for attaching to a floor
- Materials:
Base: galvanised steel
Rod: galvanised steel (nut not supplied)
.Advantages.
- Capable of accepting heavy loads.
.Option.
- In stainless steel or other dimension if
important quantity
M
H
C
B
F
A/F
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 25+
50+

Part number A
SPIT16-150 60
SPIT20-200 80
B
100
110
C
12
12
M
M16
M20
H
150
200
166 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
D
70
80
E
15
15
F
18
18
G
9
9
Max.
Price each
A/F load(N) Stock* 1 to 24
24 30000 4 22,02 F
24 40000 4 24,61 F
Feet
Full range
e
Volum
Stainless steel pillow block bearing

2 mounting points
ucpss
- Self aligning bearing with 2 mounting
points
- Interchangeable

with cast iron units
- Materials:
Bearing: stainless steel
Housing: stainless steel
ss steel
stainle
Bi
W
S2
H
S1
B
E
A
e
For hostil
ents
environm
Part number
UCP204/SS
UCP205/SS
UCP206/SS
UCP207/SS
UCP208/SS
D
20
25
30
35
40
H
33,3
36,5
42,9
47,6
49,2
A
127
140
165
167
184
E
95,0
105,0
121,0
127,0
137,0
DISCOUNTS
B
38
38
48
48
54
S1
13,0
13,0
17,0
17,0
17,0
168 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
S2
19,0
19,0
20,0
19,0
20,0
G
13,0
15,0
17,0
19,0
20,0
W
65,0
71,0
84,0
93,0
98,0
Bi
31,0
34,1
38,1
42,9
49,2
N
12,7
14,3
15,9
17,5
19,0
Qty. 1+ 10+
26+
Price
Weight
each
(kg) Stock* 1 to 9
0,70 4
59,71 F
0,85 4
65,72 F
1,20 4 102,29 F
1,70
126,65 F
2,10
152,26 F
Stainless steel flanged bearing

4 mounting points
ucfss
- Self aligning bearing with 4 mounting points
- Interchangeable with cast iron units
- Material:
ss steel
stainle
A
E
Bi
E A
G
F
e
For hostil
ents
environm
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 10+
26+
A
Part number D
UCF204/SS 20 86
UCF205/SS 25 95
UCF206/SS 30 108
UCF207/SS 35 117
UCF208/SS 40 130
E
64
70
83
92
102
G
11
13
13
15
15
L
S
25 12
27 12
31 12
34 14
36
16
Z
F
33,3 15
35,8 16
40,1 18
44,4 19
51,2 21
Bi
31,0
34,1
38,1
42,9
49,2
HPC
N
12,7
14,3
15,9
17,5
19,0
Price each
Weight
(kg) Stock* 1 to 9
0,60
4
50,70 F
0,86
4
61,42 F
1,10
4
85,03 F
1,60
108,23 F
1,90
4
136,77 F
Volume 5 2013 5 169
Stainless steel flanged bearing

2 mounting points
ucflss
- Interchangeable with cast iron bearings
- Material:
ss steel
stainle
e
For hostil
ents
environm
Bi
G
F
L
Z
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+
26+
Part number D
UCFL204/SS
UCFL205/SS
UCFL206/SS
UCFL207/SS
UCFL208/SS
20
25
30
35
40
113 90
130 99
148 117
161 130
175 144
10
10
10
11
11
25,5
27,0
31,0
34,0
36,0
S
12
16
16
16
16
170 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
33,3
35,8
40,2
44,4
51,2
15
16
18
19
21
60
68
80
90
100
Bi
31,0
34,1
38,1
42,9
49,2
12,7
14,3
15,9
17,5
19,0
Weight
Price each
(kg) Stock* 1 to 9
0,48
0,63
0,89
1,21
1,60
4 57,34 F
4 63,40 F
4 94,01 F
- 120,36 F
- 162,71 F
Stainless/Polymer pillow block bearing

2 mounting points
ucppbt
- Self aligning bearing with 2 mounting
points
- Grease applicator supplied
- Materials:
Bearing: Stainless steel AISI 440C
Housing: PBT polymer
Grease: suitable for food industry
str
od indu
o
f
e
h
t
for
.Colour.
- UCP/PBT/G: green
- UCP/PBT/W: white
.Accessories.
- Protective hood
Bi
W D
S2
S1
E
A
DISCOUNTS
Part number
D
UCP201/PBT/G 12
UCP202/PBT/G 15
UCP203/PBT/G 17
UCP204/PBT/W 20
UCP205/PBT/W 25
UCP206/PBT/W 30
UCP207/PBT/W 35
UCP208/PBT/W 40
H
33,3
33,3
33,3
33,3
36,5
42,9
47,6
49,2
A
127,0
127,0
127,0
127,0
140,5
163,0
168,0
184,0
E
95
95
95
95
105
119
128
137
B
38
38
38
38
38
46
48
54
S1
11
11
11
11
11
14
14
14
S2
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
G
14,2
14,2
14,2
14,2
14,2
17,8
18,0
19,5
W
65,5
65,5
65,5
65,5
71,0
83,0
94,5
98,0
Qty. 1+ 10+ 26+

51+
Price each
Bi
N Stock*
1 to 9
31,0 12,7
4
77,67 F
31,0 12,7
4
73,90 F
31,0 12,7
4
70,38 F
31,0 12,7
4
42,35 F
34,0 14,3
4
52,39 F
38,1 15,9
4
66,70 F
42,9 17,5
4
75,79 F
49,2 19,0
4
103,26 F
*Depending on availability - Dimensions in mm - ** on PBT/W (On price list 2010)
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 171
Stainless steel/Polymer flanged bearing

4 mounting points
ucfpbt
y
tr
d indus
o
o
f
r
o
f

- Materials:
.Colour.
- UCF/PBT/G: green
- UCF/PBT/W: white
.Accessories.
- Protective hood
Bi
D
J
G
L
Z
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+ 26+

51+
Part number
UCF201/PBT/G
UCF202/PBT/G
UCF203/PBT/G
UCF204/PBT/W
UCF205/PBT/W
UCF206/PBT/W
UCF207/PBT/W
UCF208/PBT/W
D
12
15
17
20
25
30
35
40
A
86
86
86
86
95
107
118
130
E
63,5
63,5
63,5
63,5
70,0
83,0
92,0
102,0
G
13,4
13,4
13,4
13,4
14,0
14,3
15,5
17,0
L
27,8
27,8
27,8
27,8
28,0
31,5
34,8
37,5
S
11
11
11
11
11
11
13
14
Z
36,3
36,3
36,3
36,3
36,7
41,4
46,9
53,2
J
18,0
18,0
18,0
18,0
17,0
19,2
21,5
23,0
Bi
31,0
31,0
31,0
31,0
34,0
38,1
42,9
49,2
N
12,7
12,7
12,7
12,7
14,3
15,9
17,5
19,0
*Depending on availability - Dimensions in mm -** on PBT/W (On price list 2010)
172 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Stock*
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 9
79,11 F
75,30 F
70,38 F
43,06 F
53,18 F
67,29 F
75,00 F
103,23 F
Stainless steel/Polymer flanged bearing

2 mounting points
ucflpbt
y
tr
d indus
for foo

- Materials:
.Colour.
- UCFL/PBT/G: green
- UCFL/PBT/W: white
.Accessories.
- Protective hood
Bi
S
B
J
G
E
L
Z
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+ 26+

51+
Part number
UCFL201/PBT/G
UCFL202/PBT/G
UCFL203/PBT/G
UCFL204/PBT/W
UCFL205/PBT/W
UCFL206/PBT/W
UCFL207/PBT/W
UCFL208/PBT/W
D
12
15
17
20
25
30
35
40
A
E
B G
113 90 65,0 11,4
113 90 65,0 11,4
113 90 65,0 11,4
113 90 64,0 11,4
130 99 69,0 13,5
148 117 80,0 13,3
164 130 90,0 16,1
176 144 100,0 20,0
L
26,5
26,5
26,5
26,5
29,1
30,5
32,8
37,5
S
11
11
11
11
11
11
13
14
Z
33,7
33,7
33,7
33,7
36,7
41,2
43,4
51,7
J
15,4
15,4
15,4
15,4
17,0
19,0
18,0
21,5
Bi
31,0
31,0
31,0
31,0
34,0
38,1
42,9
49,2
N Stock*
12,7
4
12,7
4
12,7
12,7
4
14,3
4
15,9
17,5
19,0
-
*Depending on availability - Dimensions in mm -** on PBT/W (On price list 2010)
HPC
Price each
1 to 9
77,67 F
73,93 F
70,38 F
38,88 F
49,11 F
62,32 F
70,92 F
99,68 F
Volume 5 2013 5 173
es 97
h
s
1
Bru6-p.
7
p.1
Modular cylindrical
brush
p.178
Brush strip
p.184
174 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Sealing brush
strip
New
p.191
Antistatic brush
p.196
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 175

Principal of operation
MGS
Mounting arrangement
Commercially available tubes are often

used to manufacture trolleys, assembly
stations, storage bays or workstations.
To provide an environment that will not
damage the delicate products being
handled, these clip-on brushes, with their
thousands of sensitive bristles protect
against scratches or scuffs that would then
require rework or cause expensive rejects.
They are designed for 28mm diameter
tubes, are available in 3 fibre thicknesses
and can easily be installed on transport or
storage system before or after assembly.
Should the position of a brush need to
be changed for example to improve the
protection, they are easily removed for
re-mounting in an alternative position.
Typical application
176 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC

For 28mm tubes
MGS
- F or vertical, inclined or horizontal

storage systems or transport
applications
Assembly.
- R apid, tool-free assembly
- Works with 28mm diameter tube
systems
- Silicon free
- Materials:
Fibres: Polyamide 6
Body: PVC
.Advantages.
NEW
- Easily removed
- Non- slip
- Suitable for all common surfaces
(wood, metal, glass)
FH
26,7
27,5
32,5
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 20+ 40+ 60+ 80+

100+
Disc. List -5% -10% -15% 20% On request

Body
Price each
FH
fibres
Fibre colors Fibre texture 1 to 19
Part number length (mm)
MGS2800-K10
40
5
0,10
black
smooth
3,95 F
MGS2800-K20
40
5
0,20
blue
smooth
3,95 F
MGS2800-K30
40
5
0,30
red
smooth
3,95 F
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 177
Modular cylindrical brush

Introduction
Low bristle density
178 5 Volume 5 2013
Medium bristle density
HPC
High bristle density
Driving collar
Driving collar for BCM cylindrical brush BCMt
- Driver for BCM cylindrical brush
- Materials:
Body: glass reinforced polypropylene except
BCM110 which is aluminium
Set screw: stainless steel 316L
- Resistant to acids, alkalis, and harsh light
.Usage.
- Required for holding brushes in place and to ensure
rotation
.How to choose.
- B rush and collar should have identical body and
bore diameters irrespective of bristle density. Two
collars required per application.
Grubscrew
discounts
19
Part number
BCM30-T
BCM55-T
Body
C
Material
Bore
A
30
PP
12
PP
25
55
BCM80-T
80
PP
30
BCM110-TA
110
Aluminium
60
For
density
High
Medium
Low
High
Medium
Low
High
Medium
Low
High
Medium
Low
Qty. 1+ 5+ 10+ 20+ 30+

50+
HPC
No. of
teeth
Stock*
Price each
1 to 4
26,99F
16
26,99F
16
26,99F
70,94F
Volume 5 2013 5 179
Modular cylindrical brush PBT polyester bristles

For transport applications
BCMpbt
- Suitable for moving products
- Brushes can be attached together to form
longer brushes
- Materials:
Body: polypropylene
Bristles: PBT polyester
Stitching wire: stainless steel 316L
- Bristle diameter 0.35 mm
- Bristle height 15 mm
.Accessory.
- Driving collar BCM-T
dustr
food in
.Advantages.
- Does not collect moisture
- Bristles resist up to 132C
- Suitable for use in food industries
Conforms to the FEIBP

hygiene charter.
Article FR501
100
discounts
External
Part number
D
BCM30-60H/PBT
60
BCM55-85H/PBT
85
BCM80-110H/PBT
110
BCM110-140H/PBT 140
Body
C
30
55
80
110
A
12
25
30
60
180 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Bristle
density
high
high
high
high
Qty. 1+ 5+ 10+ 20+ 30+

50+
No. of
teeth
8
16
16
8
No. of
rows
16
32
32
48
each
Stock* Price
1 to 4
4
4
-
30,40F
31,11F
34,11F
62,11F
Modular cylindrical brush PBT polyester bristles

For washing applications
BCMpbt
- Suitable for washing products
longer brushes
- Materials:
Body: polypropylene
Bristles: PBT polyester
Stitching wire: stainless steel 316L
- Bristle diameter 0.50 mm
dustr
food in
.Accessory.
.Advantages.
- Does not collect moisture
- Bristles resist up to 132C
- Suitable for use in food industries

hygiene charter.
Article FR501
100
discounts
Part number
BCM30-130M/PBT
BCM30-130B/PBT
BCM55-155M/PBT
BCM55-155B/PBT
BCM80-180M/PBT
BCM80-180B/PBT
BCM110-210M/PBT
BCM110-210B/PBT
External
D
130
130
155
155
180
180
210
210
Body
C
30
30
55
55
80
80
110
110
A
12
12
25
25
30
30
60
60
Bristle
density
high
low
medium
low
medium
low
medium
low
Qty. 1+ 5+ 10+ 20+ 30+

50+
No. of
teeth
8
8
16
16
16
16
8
8
HPC
No. of Stock* Price each

1 to 4
rows
16
4
36,98F
8
4
32,75F
32
4
37,64F
16
4
33,42F
32
4
41,75F
16
37,10F
36
70,16F
24
62,24F
Volume 5 2013 5 181
Modular cylindrical brush Horsehair bristles

For dusting applications
BCMcc
- Suitable for dusting products
longer brushes
- Materials:
Body: polypropylene
Bristles: horsehair
- Antistatic
dry
use in
ments
environ
.Accessory.
.Advantages.
- Horsehair is more responsive, more rigid, and more
abrasive than tampico
- Reccomended for us in for dry environments

hygiene charter.
Article FR501
100
discounts
Part number
BCM30-130M/CC
BCM30-130B/CC
BCM55-155M/CC
BCM55-155B/CC
BCM80-180M/CC
BCM80-180B/CC
BCM110-210M/CC
BCM110-210B/CC
External
D
130
130
155
155
180
180
210
210
Body
C
30
30
55
55
80
80
110
110
182 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty. 1+ 5+ 10+ 20+ 30+

50+
A
12
12
25
25
30
30
60
60
Bristle
density
medium
low
medium
low
medium
low
medium
low
No. of
teeth
8
8
16
16
16
16
8
8
No. of
rows
16
8
32
16
32
16
36
24
Price each
1 to 4
58,54F
51,60F
65,92F
58,01F
74,54F
65,65F
133,81F
117,83F
Modular cylindrical brush Tampico bristles

For dusting applications
BCMtp
- Suitable for dusting products
longer brushes
- Materials:
Body: polypropylene
Bristles: Tampico
.Accessory.
damp
use in
ments
environ
.Advantages.
- Tampico can be used in damp environments. It
is resistant to abrasion and has good brushing
power.

hygiene charter.
Article FR501
100
discounts
Part number
BCM30-130M/TP
BCM30-130B/TP
BCM55-155M/TP
BCM55-155B/TP
BCM80-180M/TP
BCM80-180B/TP
BCM110-210M/TP
BCM110-210B/TP
External
D
130
130
155
155
180
180
210
210
Body
C
30
30
55
55
80
80
110
110
A
12
12
25
25
30
30
60
60
Bristle
density
medium
low
medium
low
medium
low
medium
low
Qty. 1+ 5+ 10+ 20+ 30+

50+
HPC
No. of
teeth
8
8
16
16
16
16
8
8
No. of
rows
16
8
32
16
32
16
36
24
Price each
1 to 4
36,83F
34,11F
37,93F
35,20F
41,75F
38,73F
75,33F
69,89F
Volume 5 2013 5 183
Sealing brush strips

General information
fbl
.Advantages.
-N
o wastage, only the length required is
removed from the roll.
- Reduced storage/transport space, each box
contains 25 metres.
LE
CAB ies
r
ent
- F lexible in terms of positioning and fitting

- Brush strip can be fitted to almost any contour
- S pecial scissors allow the strip to be cut to the

required length, contact us for details.
184 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Sealing brush strips

General information
fbl
.Uses.
- S ealing control rods on an aerial
conveyor
L
SEA
ING
- S plash guard for wheel arches on a

lorry
- Guiding PET bottles
ing
GUID
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 185
Brush strip PA6 fibres 0.2 to 0.3

For ensuring an internal seal
fbl6000
fbl6001
When choosing a brush, the choice of the
bristle is critical and it must be chosen to
suit the application.
.Uses.
- Sealing
- Cable entries
- Guiding parts
.Materials.
PA6 fibres
- Fibres: Polyamide PA6. Standard

material for brushes used for cleaning,
transporting, guiding or sealing moving
pieces.
Working temperature: -20 to 100C
- Support: Thermoplastic rubber.
Good UV and ozone resistance.
Practically unaffected by most chemicals.
Working temperature: -40 to +125C
10
25
.Info..
- Sold in 5 metre lengths.
- Maximum length of a single brush is
25 metres.
- Special scissors for cutting to length
FBL-TOOL
25
10
2
BH
BH
FBL6000
Straight profile
FBL6001
90 profile
DISCOUNTS
Bristle
Part number
diameter
Straight profile
90 profile (mm)
Black Polyamide 6 (PA6) fibres

FBL6000-K1
FBL6000-K2
FBL6000-K3
FBL6000-K4
FBL6000-K5
FBL6000-K6
FBL6000-K7
FBL6000-K8
FBL6000-K9
FBL6000-K10
FBL6000-K11
FBL6000-K12
FBL6001-K1
FBL6001-K2
FBL6001-K3
FBL6001-K4
FBL6001-K5
-
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
BH
Length
10
15
20
25
30
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
186 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty 1+ 6+ 21+
46+
Price each 1 to 5
Stock* Stock* Straight
90
Straight profile 90 profile profile
profile
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
41,22 F
42,29 F
43,54 F
44,78 F
46,03 F
41,22 F
42,29 F
43,54 F
44,78 F
46,03 F
48,69 F
51,19 F
41,22 F
42,29 F
43,54 F
44,78 F
46,03 F
-
Brush strip PA6 fibres 0.3 to 0.5

fbl4004
fbl4005
bristle is critical and it must be chosen to
suit the application.
.Uses.
- Sealing
- Cable entries
- Guiding parts
.Materials.
PA6 fibres
- Fibres: Polyamide PA6. Standard

material for brushes used for cleaning,
transporting, guiding or sealing moving
pieces.
Working temperature: -20 to 100C
Good UV and ozone resistance.
Practically unaffected by most
chemicals.
15
15 40
40
15
.Info..
BH
BH

- Maximum length of a single brush is
25 metres.
FBL-TOOL
15
FBL4004
Straight profile
FBL4005
90 profile
DISCOUNTS
Bristle
Part number
diameter
Straight profile
90 profile (mm)
Black Polyamide 6 (PA6) fibres

FBL4004-K7
FBL4004-K8
FBL4004-K9
FBL4004-K13
FBL4004-K14
FBL4004-K15
FBL4004-K18
FBL4005-K10
FBL4005-K11
FBL4005-K12
FBL4005-K15
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
Qty 1+ 6+ 21+
46+
BH
Length
15
20
30
30
40
50
80
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
Stock* Stock*
Straight profile 90 profile
4
4
4
4
4
4
HPC
Price each 1 to 5
Straight
90
profile
profile
116,38 F
119,48 F
125,32 F
125,32 F
131,33 F
137,35 F
164,52 F
On request
On request
On request
164,52 F
Volume 5 2013 5 187
Brush strip PP fibres 0.2

fbl6000
fbl6001
When choosing a brush, the choice of the bristle
is critical and it must be chosen to suit the
application.
.Uses.
- Sealing
- Cable entries
- Guiding parts
.Materials.
PP fibres
- Fibres: Polypropylene. No water absorption,

good resistance to chemicals...
Working temperature: -20 (occasional) to 80C
Good UV and ozone resistance. Practically
unaffected by most chemicals.
10
25
25
.Info..
10
8
- Maximum length of a single brush is 25 metres.
BH
FBL-TOOL
2
BH
FBL6001
90 profile
FBL6000
Straight profile
DISCOUNTS
Bristle
Part number
diameter
Straight profile
90 profile (mm)
BH
Length
10
15
20
25
30
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
Black polypropylene (PP) striated fibres

FBL6000-K1
FBL6000-K2
FBL6000-K3
FBL6000-K4
FBL6000-K5
FBL6000-K6
FBL6000-K7
FBL6000-K8
FBL6000-K9
FBL6000-K10
FBL6000-K11
FBL6000-K12
FBL6001-K1
FBL6001-K2
FBL6001-K3
FBL6001-K4
FBL6001-K5
-
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
188 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty 1+ 6+ 21+
46+
Price each 1 to 5
90
profile
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
41,22 F
42,29 F
43,54 F
44,78 F
46,03 F
41,22 F
42,29 F
43,54 F
44,78 F
46,03 F
48,69 F
51,19 F
41,22 F
42,29 F
43,54 F
44,78 F
46,03 F
-
Brush strip PP fibres 0.3

fbl4004
fbl4005
bristle is critical and it must be chosen to suit
the application.
.Uses.
- Sealing
- Cable entries
- Guiding parts
.Materials.
PP fibres
- Fibres: Polypropylene. No water absorption,

good resistance to chemicals...
Working temperature: -20 (occasional) to
80C
15
3
.Info..
15

- Maximum length of a single brush is 25
metres.
FBL-TOOL
40
40
15
15
BH
BH
FBL4004
Straight profile
FBL4005
90 profile
DISCOUNTS
Bristle
Part number
diameter
Straight profile 90 profile (mm)
BH
Length
15
20
30
30
40
50
80
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
Black polypropylene (PP) striated fibres

FBL4004-K7
FBL4004-K8
FBL4004-K9
FBL4004-K13
FBL4004-K14
FBL4004-K15
FBL4004-K18
FBL4005-K10
FBL4005-K11
FBL4005-K12
FBL4005-K15
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
Qty 1+ 6+ 21+
46+
Price each 1 to 5
90
profile
4
4
4
4
4
4
HPC
116,38 F
119,48 F
125,32 F
125,32 F
131,33 F
137,35 F
164,52 F
On request
On request
On request
164,52 F
Volume 5 2013 5 189
Brush strip horsehair fibres 0.2

fbl6000 For ensuring a seal up to 125C
fbl6001
bristle is critical and it must be chosen to suit
the application.
.Uses.
- Sealing
- Cable entries
- Guiding parts
.Materials.
Horsehair fibres
- F ibres: Horsehair. No risk of static charge,

excellent for dusting, brushing, sealing
and for applying liquids (can be used as
paintbrush)
Maximum temperature: +150C
8
2
.Info..
- Maximum length of a single brush is 25
metres.
FBL-TOOL
10
25
25
10
2
BH
BH
FBL6001
90 profile
FBL6000
Straight profile
DISCOUNTS
Bristle
Part number
diameter
Straight profile
90 profile (mm)
Black horsehair
FBL6000-K13
FBL6000-K14
FBL6000-K15
FBL6000-K17
FBL6000-K18
FBL6001-K13
FBL6001-K14
FBL6001-K15
FBL6001-K17
FBL6001-K18
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
BH
Length
10
15
20
30
40
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
190 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty 1+ 6+ 21+
46+
Prix Uni. 1 5
Stock* Stock*
Straight
90
profile
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
37,85 F
38,20 F
38,55 F
39,63 F
40,50 F
37,85 F
38,20 F
38,55 F
39,63 F
40,50 F
Sealing brush strip

Rigid support
STRIP
- Provides a seal to the bottoms of
doors, gates or roller blinds
- Prevents rodent entry
- Provides a seal to the bottoms of doors,
gates or roller blinds
- Materials :
Frame : anodised aluminium
Brush : black polypropylene fibres
Can be red
ctu
manufarder
to o
Aluminiu
STRIP
A
H
DISCOUNTS
150+
Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+
Part number
STRIP5-25
STRIP8-80
Length
L (mm)
3000
3000
A
17
37
B
8,0
12,6
C
8
13
H
25
50
HPC
S
25
80
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
39,47 F
86,29 F
Volume 5 2013 5 191
Sealing brush strip

Right angled rigid support
STRIP
-P
rovides a seal for the bottoms of
- Prevents rodent entry
- Material :
with anti- UV treatment
.Option.
- Can be manufactured to order
New
Aluminiu
strip
Can be red
ctu
manufarder
to o
FH
DISCOUNTS
Part number
STRIP3-15F-1000
STRIP3-20F-1000
STRIP5-25F-1000
STRIP5-30F-1000
STRIP8-40F-1000
STRIP8-60F-1000
STRIP8-80F-1000
Dimensions in mm
(mm)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
192 5 Volume 5 2013
FH
15
20
25
30
40
60
80
HPC
Lenght
H
15
15
25
25
50
50
50
50+
Qty 1+ 6+ 25+
B
6,5
6,5
8
8
13
13
13
C
6,5
6,5
8
8
13
13
13
E
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
2
2
2
Price each
1 to 5
10,80 F
11,65 F
13,15 F
13,61 F
20,65 F
25,39 F
28,76 F
Sealing brush strip

Straight rigid support
STRIP
- Provides a seal for the bottoms of
- P revents rodent entry
- Materials :
with anti- UV treatment
.Option.
- Can be manufactured to order
Can be red
ctu
manufarder
o
to
Aluminiu
strip
E
B
New
FH
DISCOUNTS
Part number
STRIP3-15-1000
STRIP3-20-1000
STRIP5-25-1000
STRIP5-30-1000
STRIP8-40-1000
STRIP8-60-1000
STRIP8-80-1000
Dimensions in mm
(mm)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
FH
15
20
25
30
40
60
80
Lenght
H
15
15
25
25
50
50
50
B
6,2
6,2
8
8
13
13
13
50+
Qty 1+ 6+ 25+
Price each
C
E
1 to 5
6,5
1,2
10,80 F
6,5
1,2
11,65 F
8
1,2
13,15 F
8
1,2
13,61 F
13
2
20,65 F
13
2
25,39 F
13
2
28,76 F
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 193
Antistatic brushes
Applications
ABL
Safe manufacture of plastic films and fabric
.Conveyor junctions in plastic film.
- Antistatic brushes are used on film manufacturing
machines at conveyor junctions to eliminate static.
They are used on both entry and exit points thus
reducing the build-up or transfer of the static
charge.
The electrostatic charge is eliminated at the same

place it is generated
.Automated stacking of cloth.

- When cloth or other similar material is being
stacked, the build-up of static can cause the cloth
to stick and thus disrupt the formation of a tidy
stack.
- Antistatic brushes eliminate the electrostatic charge
on the stacking arm to ensure a perfectly formed
stack
A brush mounted directly on the stacking arm

means accurate sheet positioning and tidy
stacking
194 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Antistatic brushes
Advantages
ABL
Avoiding the generation of high voltages and uncontrolled discharges
Antistatic brushes: effective protection against electrostatic charges.
Two surfaces rubbing together or being separated quickly can generate an electrostatic charge. It is
an annoying secondary phenomenon that can be very dangerous with extremely high voltages being
generated. Most often, parts being moved are seen to stick together. Incidents such as this can cause
costly disruption to the manufacturing process with accidental discharges causing damage to electronic
components, or even the risk of sparks being generated and causing explosions

Antistatic brushes offer a reliable means of protection as they can either prevent a static charge
being generated or, if one does exist, by providing a predetermined discharge path.
Antistatic brushes comprise an aluminium spine to which carbon fibres or thin steel bristles are fixed.
.How they work.
The static charge is collected by the bristles and transmitted to the aluminium spine which is connected
by a low impedance cable ( 2.5mm2 min.) to the electrical control panel or distribution system.
The normal electrical earthing of the machine is not sufficient.
.Assembly.
Brushes should be fitted directly after the area where static will be generated, both above and below
the band if plastic films or similar products are being handled. If the level of static is high, two or more
brushed with different spacings might be required at each point. The fibres should only just touch the
surface to be discharged, typically a gap or 1 to 2mm has been shown to be the most effective
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 195
Antistatic brush
With twisted steel bristles
ABL
- Standard version
- Materials:
Spine: aluminium (unpainted)
Bristles: Specially woven steel
~2
15
15
Standard gap between fibre bundles: 2mm
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 21+
46+
Part number
ABL100005-K1
Length L
(mm)
1000
Fibre material
Steel
196 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Fibre
(mm)
0,012
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 5
41,16F
Antistatic brush
With carbon fibre bristles
ABL
- For very sensitive surfaces
- Material:
Spine: aluminium (unpainted)
Bristles: carbon fibre
.Reliable discharge.
-A
ntistatic brushes with carbon fibre
bristles are ideal for the puncture testing
of cables and plastic-coated metals.
- These tests can be even carried out on
very sensitive materials.
- Tests are very reliable and even the
tiniest pinholes are detected
- Since the carbon fibres are conductors,
they can also be used to apply a voltage
to the surface of the material being
transported.
~2
15
15
10
Typical application:
Puncture testing of cables
and plastic-coated metals
Part number
ABL100000-K1
Length L
(mm)
1000
Fibre material
Carbone
Fibre
(mm)
0,007
HPC
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 21+
46+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 5
19,85F
Volume 5 2013 5 197
ng 241
i
s
Ca 0-p.
0
2
.
p
Decorative
hinges
Clip on Quarter
turn latch
New
p.200
New
p.202
Adjustable friction
hinges
New
p.225
Gas spring
ss
stainleel
ste
p.226
Sealing strip
p.230
Telescopic slide
p.234
Clip on Quarter turn latch

Slot or wing head
QTC
- Latch
- 90 rotation
- Suitable for light doors
- Working temp range : -20 to +60C
- Resists pulling force up to 600N
- Material :
Body POM
Clip : Polyamide PA6.6
New
!
Wing head
.Advantages.
- Clip on, tool free assembly
- Low cost
Slotted head
30
30
4,5
10
40
Wing head
Slotted head
DISCOUNTS
Part number
Wing head
QTC-13/BP
QTC-18/BP
QTC-25/BP
Slotted head
QTC-13/BP
QTC-18/BP
QTC-25/BP
Dimensions in mm
Head
100+
Qty 1+ 51+
Price each
1 to 50
13,5
18
25
04
04
06
Wing head
Wing head
Wing head
4,05 F
4,16 F
4,20 F
13,5
18
25
04
04
06
Slot 2x4 mm
Slot 2x4 mm
Slot 2x4 mm
4,05 F
4,16 F
4,20 F
200 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Clip on Quarter turn latch

Assembly
QTC
Quarter turn latch cut-out details
- Cut-out diameter : 18.3 +/- 0.2mm
- Slot diameter : 22.22 +/- 0.2mm
- Slot angle : 128
18,3
+/-0,2
Recommended
radius for
milling 3mm
22,2
20< x <35
20< x <35
Left hand door
+/-0,2
128
Right hand door
Cut-out position
Cut-out shape and dimensions
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 201
Square decorative screwed hinges

Polyamide
chaE
Screwed hinges
- Materials :
hinges reinforced black polyamide (30%)
sealed pin : stainless steel 30
- Suare and symmetrical versions also available
.Advantages.
- Aesthetic design
- Max opening angle 270
door
NEW
!
D
E
Frame
C
B
F
Tensile strength
F1
Part number
CHAE3030/PA
CHAE4040/PA
CHAE5050/PA
CHAE6060/PA
Screw torque
(Nm)
Shear strength
F2
1200
2200
3600
5100
850
1900
2100
3100
1
4
8
8
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 6+ 20+
50+
Part number
CHAE3030/PA
CHAE4040/PA
CHAE5050/PA
CHAE6060/PA
Dimensions in mm
30
40
50
60
30
40
50
60
202 5 Volume 5 2013
3
5,2
5,9
6,5
3
4
5
6
HPC
3,5
5,7
6,4
7
18
25
30
36
18
25
30
36
3,2
5,3
6,4
6,4
For
screw
M3
M4
M6
M6
Price each
1 to 5
3,44 F
5,19 F
6,86 F
6,77 F
Symetrical decorative screwed hinges

Polyamide
chaE
Screwed hinges
- Material :
-Corrosion resistant
- Square and asymmetrical versions also available
.Advantages.
- Aesthetic design
door
NEW
!
D
Frame
C
B
H
Tensile strength
F1
Part number
CHAE4080/PA
CHAE40120/PA
CHAE50100/PA
CHAE60120/PA
Screw torque
(Nm)
Shear strength
F2
2200
2200
3600
5100
1900
1900
2100
3100
4
4
8
8
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 6+ 20+
50+
Part number
CHAE4080/PA
CHAE40120/PA
CHAE50100/PA
CHAE60120/PA
Dimensions in mm
40
40
50
60
80
120
100
120
5,2
5,2
5,9
6,5
4
4
5
6
5,7
5,7
6,4
7
13,5
14,5
16
18
25
25
30
36
HPC
19
38
24
30
For
S screw
5,3
5,3
6,4
6,4
M4
M4
M6
M6
Price each
1 to 5
6,96 F
8,60 F
8,83 F
14,05 F
Volume 5 2013 5 203
Decorative asymmetric screwed hinges

Polyamide
chaE
- Screwed hinges
- Materials :
- Suare and symmetrical versions also available
.Advantage.
- Aesthetic design
door
NEW
D
E
Frame
C
B
Tensile strength
Part number
CHAE4060/PA
CHAE4080/PA
CHAE5075/PA
CHAE6030/PA
Screw torque
(Nm)
Shear strength
2200
2200
3600
5100
Dimensions en mm
2300
2300
2500
4200
4
4
8
8
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 6+ 20+
50+
Part number
CHAE4060/PA
CHAE4080/PA
CHAE5075/PA
CHAE6090/PA
Dimensions in mm
40
40
50
60
60
80
75
90
204 5 Volume 5 2013
5,2
5,2
5,9
6,5
4
4
5
6
HPC
5,7
5,7
6,4
7
13
27
31
36
25
25
30
36
19
38
24
30
for
S screw
5,3
5,3
6,4
6,4
M3
M4
M6
M6
Price each
1 to 5
6,77 F
6,96 F
8,60 F
12,02 F
Decorative screwed hinges

Aluminium
chaE
- Screwed hinges
- Materials :
hinges aluminium 6060T5
pin : plastic
- Black or colourless anodised finish
.Advantage.
- Aesthetic design
colourless anodised
NEW
!
A
6,3
9,5
38
D
2
10,2
48
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 6+ 20+
50+
Part number
CHAE6555/AI
CHAE6555/AN
Dimensions in mm
Weight (g)
Finish
65
65
55
55
4,5
4,5
13
13
130
130
Colourless anodised
Black anodised
HPC
Price each
1 to 5
15,06 F
15,06 F
Volume 5 2013 5 205
Marine hinge for welding/screw mounting

For built in doors
chaM
s
stainlels
stee
- Riveted pin
- Material : stainless steel 304
- Polished finish
.Advantage.
- Corrosion resistant
C
20
A
4
48
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 50+

Weight
Price each
Part number
A
B
C
D S (g) Stock*
1 to 5
CHAM5270/SS 52
70
1,2
4
5,2
44
4
12,37 F
206 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Stainless steel face frame hinge

For built-in doors
chass
- Brilliant finish
- Face frame hinge
- Materials:
Pin: stainless steel
.Uses.
- P harmaceutical, chemical
and food industries
ss steel
stainle
H1
DISCOUNTS
L1
Part number
CHA38-38/SS
CHA37-48/SS
A
38
37
B
38
48
L
20,5
22,0
Qty. 1+ 6+ 10+
25+
L1
26
36
F
5,5
5,5
HPC
H
2
2
H1
9,5
9,5
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 5
14,66 F
13,68 F
Volume 5 2013 5 207
Stainless steel face frame hinge

For built-in doors
chass
- Brilliant finish
- Face frame hinge
- Max. swivel angle: 270
- Materials:
.Uses.
- P harmaceutical, chemical and
food industries
ss steel
stainle
H1
L2
L1
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 10+
25+
Part number
CHA38-73/SS
A
38
B
73
L
21
L1
32
208 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
L2
25,5
F
5
H1 Stock*
9,5
4
Price each
1 to 5
27,35 F
Stainless steel round face frame hinge

For built-in doors
chad65p
chad65s
- Choose either polished or sanded finish
- Round face frame hinge
- With integrated screws
- Max. swivel angle: 95
.Uses.
- P harmaceutical, chemical and food
industries
ss steel
stainle
Polished finish
M6
50
4
95
steel
ainless
stSanded
finish
65
65
25
40
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 10+
25+
Part number
CHA-D65P
CHA-D65S
Finish
Polished
Sanded
HPC
Stock*
4
-
Price each
1 to 5
48,72 F
50,42 F
Volume 5 2013 5 209
Stainless steel garnet hinge

Screw fixing
chagcss
- Polished finish
- Fixed by 8 screws (not supplied)
ss steel
stainle
14
18,5
112
26 35
95
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 10+
25+
Part number
CHA-GC-14/SS
Description
Centred hinged plates
210 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 5
38,53 F
Stainless steel garnet hinge

Weld-on
chagcss
chagdss
- Must be welded on
- Materials:
9,2
70
CHA-GC
ss steel
stainle
42,5
9,2
9,2
70
CHA-GD
ss steel
stainle
41
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 10+
25+
Part number
CHA-GC-9/SS
CHA-GD-9/SS
Description
Centred hinged plates
Offset hinged plates
HPC
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 5
16,41 F
15,75 F
Volume 5 2013 5 211
Screwed hinge
For built-in doors
chau
- Materials:
CHA1056-U4, CHA1056-U6
Hinge: die cast zinc
M5 dowel: stainless steel
CHA1056-U6SS
Stainless steel
ts in
also exsiss steel
stainle amide
or poly
180
90
4
9
5,5
CHA1056-U6
CHA1056-U6SS
12
5,3
40
M5
CHA1056-U4
12,5
25
12,5
40
25
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+
50+
Part number
Fixing
Material
CHA1056-U4
M5 dowels
Die cast zinc
Countersunk holes 5.3 Die cast zinc
CHA1056-U6
CHA1056-U6SS Countersunk holes 5.3 stainless steel
M5 dowels
Polyamide
CHA1056-U4PA
Polyamide
CHA1056-U6PA Countersunk holes 5.3
212 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Stock*
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 5
14,69 F
10,49 F
25,08 F
11,84 F
7,85 F
Screwed hinge
For built-in doors
chau
- Materials:
CHA1056-U8, CHA1056-U10
CHA1056-U10SS
Stainless steel
ts in
also exsiss steel
stainle amide
or poly
180
CHA1056-U10
CHA1056-U10SS
90
6
11,5
50
For M6
screw
6
15
50
180
CHA1056-U8
10
15
30
6
12
11,5
M6
6
15
DISCOUNTS
15
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+
50+
Part number
Fixing
Material
CHA1056-U8
M6 dowels
Die cast zinc
CHA1056-U10
M6 Countersunk holes Die cast zinc
CHA1056-U10SS M6 Countersunk holes stainless steel
M6 dowels
Polyamide
CHA1056-U8PA
CHA1056-U10PA Trous fraiss M6
Polyamide
HPC
Stock*
4
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 5
14,59 F
10,94 F
27,19 F
12,97 F
9,13 F
Volume 5 2013 5 213
Screwed hinge
For built-in doors
chau
- Materials:
CHA1056-U12, CHA1056-U14
CHA1056-U14SS
Stainless steel
s
stainlession
r
e
steel v
180
CHA1056-U12
15
14
180
CHA1056-U14
CHA1056-U14SS
15 8
18
18
M8
18
18
For M8
screw
60
12
60
36
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+
50+
Part number
Fixing
Material
CHA1056-U12
M8 dowels
Die cast zinc
CHA1056-U14
M8 Countersunk holes Die cast zinc
CHA1056-U14SS M8 Countersunk holes stainless steel
214 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Stock*
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 5
19,31 F
13,64 F
27,36 F
Screwed hinge
For built-in doors
chau
- Materials:
Pin/dowel: stainless steel
90
0
18
CHA1056-U20
15
60
36
8
M8
14
18
12
CHA1056-U20
45
180
CHA1056-U16
76
270
11 6
12
10
28
50 30
CHA1056-U18
CHA1056-U16
CHA1056-U18
M6
180
28
270
11 6
90
6
28
28
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+
50+
Part number
CHA1056-U20
CHA1056-U18
CHA1056-U16
Fixing
M8 dowels
M6 Countersunk holes
M6 dowels
Stock*
4
4
4
HPC
Price each
1 to 5
27,39 F
26,11 F
25,56 F
Volume 5 2013 5 215
Square hinge with riveted pin, drilled

For built in doors
chac
s steel
- Riveted pin
- Material :
Stainless steel 304
- Natural finish
stainles
B
S
0,5
discounts
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 50+

Weight
Price each
Stock*
Part number
A
B
C
D
F
G
S
(g)
1 to 5
CHAC4040/SS 40
40
2
4
8
24
3,5
34
4
14,69 F
CHAC5050/SS 50
50
2
6
8
34
4,0
61
4
17,45 F
CHAC6060/SS 60
60
2
6
8
40
4,0
82
4
19,89 F
216 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Square hinge with riveted pin, not drilled

For built in doors
CHAC-NP
- Riveted pin
- Material :
CHAC-NP: Steel hinge
CHAC-NP/SS: Stainless steel 304
- Brut finish
discounts
Part number
Steel
Weight
A
B
C
D (g)
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 50+

Stock*
Price each
1 to 5
CHAC4040-NP
CHAC5050-NP
CHAC6060-NP
40
50
60
40
50
60
2
2
2
4
6
6
34
61
82
4
4
4
8,69 F
10,68 F
11,80 F
CHAC4040-NP/SS
CHAC5050-NP/SS
CHAC6060-NP/SS
40
50
60
40
50
60
2
2
2
4
6
6
34
61
82
4
4
4
14,69 F
16,85 F
19,03 F
Stainless steel
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 217
Spring hinges
CHAR
Information
.The way a spring hinge opens depends on the type of spring.

Frame
Door
pe
ni
rin
ng
sp
sp
ng
rin
si
lo
C
Torque
.Spring hinge torque depends on the angle.
Ope
ning
ing
Clos
spri
ng h
inge
inge
ng h
spri
90
Angle of hinge leaves
180
M: hinge torque at various positions

M(0): torque when hinge leaves are parallel
M(90): torque when leaves are at 90
M(180): torque when leaves are at 180
218 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Spring hinges
CHAR
Information
.Spring hinges are delivered as shown.
When delivered, hinges will be in the following position :
Closing spring hinge
Opening spring hinge
.Mounting and opening direction.

Concealed mounting
Frame
Door
Frame
Door
Surface mounting
Frame
Door
Frame
Door
The arrow indicates the direction of rotation of the hinge due to the effect of the spring
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 219
Spring hinges welded

Automatic closing/opening
CHAR
- Hinge with opening spring
- Materials:
CHAR hinges: steel, stainless steel spring
CHAR/SS hinges: stainless steel 304,
stainless steel spring
- Finish: natural
- Spring torque
M(0): 0.12 Nm
M(90): 0.095 Nm
M(180): 0.07 Nm
le
Availabl or
e
in ste steel
s
stainles
D
B
DISCOUNTS
Weight
Part number
A B C D
Spring (g)
CHAR7530
75
30
0,8
2
Opening
17
CHAR7530/SS 75
30
0,8
2
Opening
17
220 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 50+

Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 5
11,01 F
19,66 F
Spring hinges screwed/welded

Automatic closing/opening
CHAR
- Hinge with opening or closing spring
- Materials:
Hinges: steel
Spring: stainless steel 304
Finish: natural
- Opening spring torque:
M(0): 0.09 Nm
M(90): 0.07 Nm
M(180): 0.045 Nm
- Closing spring torque:
M(0): 0.045 Nm
M(90): 0.07 Nm
M(180): 0.09 Nm
D
B
F
G
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 50+

Weight
Price each
Part number A B C D F G S Spring (g) Stock*
1 to 5
CHAR6035
60
35
1
3
7,5
35
5
Opening
22
4
14,91 F
CHAR6035-F 60
35
1
3
7,5
35
5
Closing
22
11,12 F
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 221
Spring hinges for screw mounting

Resets automatically
CHAR
- Hinge with opening spring
- Materials:
CHAR hinges: steel, spring :stainless steel
CHAR/SS hinges: stainless steel 304: spring
stainless steel
- Finish: natural
- Spring torque
M(0): 0.12 Nm
M(90): 0.09 Nm
M(180): 0.06 Nm
le
Availabl or
e
e
t
s
in
s steel
stainles
C
D
F
G
S
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 50+

Weight
Price each
Part number A B C D F G S Spring (g) Stock* 1 to 5
CHAR7520
75 20 0,8 1,8 11,2 60
2
Opening 11,5
4
15,19 F
CHAR7520/SS 75 20 0,8 1,8 11,2 60
2
Opening 11,5
4
22,08 F
222 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Spring hinges for welding/screw mounting

CHAR
- Materials:
CHAR hinges: steel, spring :stainless steel
CHAR/SS: Hinges: stainless steel 304 ,
spring : stainless steel
- Finish: natural
- Opening spring torque:
M(0) : 0.9 Nm
M(90) : 0.86 Nm
M(180) : 0.6 Nm
- Closing spring torque:
M(0) : 0.6 Nm
M(90) : 0.86 Nm
M(180) : 0.9 Nm
le
Availabl or
in stee steel
s
stainles
D
B
G
S
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 50+

Weight
Price each
Part number A
B C D F
G S Spring (g) Stock* 1 to 5
CHAR16046 160 46
3
6,5 30
70
4,2
Opening 208
30,33 F
CHAR16046-F 160 46
3
6,5 30
70
4,2
Closing 208
28,99 F
CHAR16046/SS 160 46
3
6,5 30
70
4,2
Opening 208
4
43,14 F
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 223
Spring hinges for screw mounting

CHAR
- Materials:
CHAR hinge: plated steel, spring :stainless steel
CHAR/SS hinge: natural stainless steel 304: spring
stainless steel
- Opening spring torque
M(0): 1.5 Nm
M(90): 1.1 Nm
M(180): 0.65 Nm
- Closing spring torque
M(0): 0.65 Nm
M(90): 1.1 Nm
M(180): 1.5 Nm
le
Availabl or
e
in ste steel
s
t
s ainles
D
B
G
F
G
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 50+

Weight
Price each
Part number A
B C D F
G S Spring (g) Stock* 1 to 5
CHAR5050/Z
50
50
2
4
9
30
5
Opening
50
4
8,78 F
CHAR5050-F/Z 50
50
2
4
9
30
5
Closing
50
4
9,20 F
CHAR5050/SS 50
50
2
4
10
30
5
Opening
50
4 25,30 F
CHAR5050-F/SS 50
50
2
4
10
30
5
Closing
50
4 25,30 F
224 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Adjustable friction hinges

CHAFR For opening and positioning a panel or door
.Advantages.
NEW
65
- Adjustable holding force
48
- Screw mounting
- Materials :
Aluminium
Sleeve : POM
Adjustable screw : Stainless steel A2
- Plain or black anodised finish
- Holding force : 0 to 5 Nm max
- Withstands 6000N
- Shear force : 5000N
- Working temp range -20 to 80C
6.3
for M6
screw
38
9.5
4.5
55
10.2
18
DISCOUNTS
Finish
Part number
CHAFR6555/AI
Plain anodised
CHAFR6555/AN
Black anodised
Dimensions in mm
HPC
50+
Qty 1+ 6+ 20+
Price each
1 to 5
21,75 F
21,75 F
Volume 5 2013 5 225
Gas spring
GSI
- Stainless steel gas spring
- Materials:
Body/rod: stainless steel
Rod-end: stainless steel
- Works in compression (push)
mode
- Refilling fluid: nitrogen oil
- Working temperature: -20C
to 80C
- Operating Fluids: Nitrogen
gas and oil
Size 6: approx 10mm
Size 10: approx 20mm
- Filling tolerance: -20N to +40N
Important: Spring must be
mounted with piston pointing
down
400 N
Stainless steel
ss steel
stainle
N
Thickness
A
P
D2
Stroke
D1
L+/-2mm extended
.Option.
- P reset forces available to order
(for orders of 5 or more):
Size 6: 10N to 400N
Size 10: 80N to 1300N
FAST
DELIVERY
.Uses.
- F acilitates opening and closing
of a bonnet or boot
discounts
Part number Stroke

REFERENCE
?
D1
?D2
A
?
10+
Qty. 1+ 3+ 6+
each
Force Price
Prix Uni.
11 to
P
E ? (N)
?2
GSI-15-060-50 060
GSI-15-100-80 100
GSI-15-150-100 150
149
229
329
15
15
15
6
6
6
6,1
6,1
6,1
10
10
10
16
16
16
6
6
6
050
080
100
226,00 F
237,77 F
257,92 F
GSI-22-50-80
GSI-22-100-100
GSI-22-150-200
GSI-22-200-300
GSI-22-250-400
164
264
364
464
564
22
22
22
22
22
10
10
10
10
10
8,1
8,1
8,1
8,1
8,1
14
14
14
14
14
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
080
100
200
300
400
277,58 F
292,31 F
308,60 F
326,24 F
336,41 F
Size 6
Size 10
Dimensions in mm
050
100
150
200
250
226 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Adjustable gas spring

Stainless steel
GSIa
1000 N
- Stainless steel gas spring

- Materials:
Body/rod: stainless steel
Rod-end: stainless steel
mode
- Refilling fluid: nitrogen oil
- Working temperature: -20C
to 80C
- Operating Fluids: Nitrogen gas
and oil
Size 6: approx 10mm
Size 10: approx 20mm
- Filling tolerance: -20N to +40N
Important: Spring must be
mounted with piston pointing
down
ss steel
stainle
N
Thickness
D2
Stroke
D1
L+/-2mm extended
.Adjustment.
- Springs

are pre-filled to reach
the stated force. Gas should
be released using the valve to
achieve the force required
- NOTE once the gas has been
released, spring cannot be
refilled.
FAST
DELIVERY
.Uses.
- F acilitates opening and closing
of a bonnet or boot
Part number
REFERENCE
Size 6
Stroke
?
Regulation: implementation with reticule adjusting

screw
D1 ? D2
?A
discounts
Qty. 1+ 3+ 6+
10+
E?
Force Price
Prix Uni.
each
(N)
1 to?2
GSI-15-060-400A
GSI-15-100-400A
GSI-15-150-400A
060
100
150
149
229
329
15
15
15
6
6
6
6,1
6,1
6,1
10
10
10
16
16
16
6
6
6
400
400
400
226,00 F
237,77 F
257,92 F
GSI-22-050-1000A
GSI-22-100-1000A
GSI-22-150-1000A
GSI-22-200-1000A
GSI-22-250-1000A
050
100
150
200
250
164
264
364
464
564
22
22
22
22
22
10
10
10
10
10
8,1
8,1
8,1
8,1
8,1
14
14
14
14
14
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
277,58 F
292,31 F
308,60 F
326,24 F
336,39 F
Size 10
Reticule adjusting screw

GSI-15-U5
GSI-22-U8
Dimensions in mm
For gas spring GSI-15

For gas spring GSI-22
HPC
16,48 F
16,48 F
Volume 5 2013 5 227
Gas spring
ga6
ga8
400 N
Fixed force, 50 to 400N
- Gas spring
mode
- Operating fluid: Gas (Nitrogen)
and oil
- Materials:
Rod: Chrome-plated steel
Body: Steel
Rod end: Nylon
- Spring must be mounted with
piston pointing down
- Size 6: from 50N to 400N
with
Supplied
d
nylon en
.Uses.
-O
pening of bonnets or boots
- Saves effort
Threaded
end
D2
T
9
D1
Threaded
end
T
Course
L1
L
P
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 10+ 15+

20+
Stroke L L1 D1 D2 T N P
E
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Part number (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Size 6
Oil zone
length
(mm)
Price
each
Force
(N) Stock* 1 to 5
GA6060050
GA6100080
GA6150100
GA6200200
60
100
150
200
160
240
340
440
100
140
190
240
15
15
15
15
6
6
6
6
M5
M5
M5
M5
6
6
6
6
17
17
17
17
8
8
8
8
20
20
20
20
50
80
100
200
4
4
4
-
103,21 F
103,82 F
103,82 F
106,37 F
GA8100100
GA8150200
GA8200300
GA8250400
100
150
200
250
264
364
464
564
164
214
264
314
18
18
18
18
8
8
8
8
M6
M6
M6
M6
8
8
8
8
21
21
21
21
10
10
10
10
30
30
30
30
100
200
300
400
4
4
4
4
112,96 F
114,64 F
116,65 F
118,36 F
Size 8
228 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
650 N
Adjustable gas spring

Force adjustable up to 650N
ga6a
ga8a
- Gas spring
- Works in compression (push) mode
- Operating fluid: Gas (Nitrogen)
and oil
- Materials:
Rod: Chrome-plated steel
Body: Steel
Rod end: Nylon
- Spring must be mounted with piston
pointing down
- Adjustment: Gas should be released
using the valve to achieve the force
required.
with
Supplied
d
nylon en
.Uses.
-O
pening of bonnets or boots
- Saves effort
Threaded
end
D2
T
9
Gas
D1
Threaded
end
These springs
cannot be refilled,
never allow all of
the gas to escape.
Stroke
L1
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 6+ 10+ 15+

20+
Stroke L L1 D1 D2 T N P
E
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Part number (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Size 6
stop
Oil zone
length
(mm)
Price
Force
each
Stock* 1 to 5
(N)
GA6060A
GA6100A
GA6150A
GA6200A
60
100
150
200
160
240
340
440
95
135
185
235
15
15
15
15
6
6
6
6
M5
M5
M5
M5
6
6
6
6
17
17
17
17
8
8
8
8
20
20
20
20
50-400
80-400
100-400
200-400
4
4
4
4
103,21 F
103,82 F
103,82 F
106,37 F
GA8100A
GA8150A
GA8200A
GA8250A
100
150
200
250
264
364
464
564
159
209
259
309
18
18
18
18
8
8
8
8
M6
M6
M6
M6
8
8
8
8
21
21
21
21
10
10
10
10
30
30
30
30
100-650
100-650
100-650
100-650
4
4
4
4
112,96 F
114,64 F
116,65 F
118,36 F
Size 8
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 229
Sealing strip
RJA
PVC/ EPDM
9,5
- Supplied by the roll

- Can be fixed to sheet metal or thin panels
7,6
.Characteristics of EPDM.
-H
ardness 30 to 90 Shore A
- Very good ozone, acid, hot water, and
ageing resistance
- Almost impermeable to gas
- Good alkaline resistance
- No resistant to oils or some other
hydrocarbons
- Flammable
11
1,0-2,0
RJA00-28
10
13
15
1,0-4,0
20,5
RJA10-11
12
9
10
14,7
14,5
13
2,0
1,0-4,0
RJAA0-01
RJAA0-02
DISCOUNTS
DISCOUNTS for 5m for 50m & 100m
Qty. 1+ 5+
50+
Part number
Material
RJA00-28/5
Black EPDM
RJA00-28/100
Black EPDM
RJA10-11/5
Black PVC / EPDM
RJA10-11/100
Black PVC / EPDM
RJAA0-01/5
Black PVC / EPDM
RJAA0-01/50
Black PVC / EPDM
RJAA0-02/5
Black EPDM
RJAA0-02/50
Black EPDM
230 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Supplied in rolls of
5 metres
100 metres
5 metres
100 metres
5 metres
50 metres
5 metres
50 metres
Qty. 1+ 3+
6+
Stock*
4
4
4
4
-
Price each
27,34 F
438,18 F
35,55 F
568,29 F
43,07 F
344,61 F
36,70 F
293,25 F
Sealing strip
RJA
EPDM
- Can be fixed to sheet metal or thin panels
14
-H
ageing resistance
hydrocarbons
- Flammable
1,0-4,0
21
RJA10-03
11
10,7
21,5
1,0-3,0
RJA10-10
8,4
6,5
15,6
1,0-2,0
RJA00-25
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 5+
50+
Part number
RJA10-03/5
RJA10-03/25
RJA10-10/5
RJA10-10/25
RJA00-25/5
RJA00-25/50
Material
Black EPDM
Black EPDM
Black EPDM
Black EPDM
Black EPDM
Black EPDM
Supplied in rolls of
5 metres
25 metres
5 metres
25 metres
5 metres
50 metres
HPC
Qty. 1+ 3+
6+
Stock*
4
4
4
4
4
Price each
34,20 F
136,89 F
35,55 F
142,00 F
34,20 F
273,85 F
Volume 5 2013 5 231
Sealing strip
RJA
PVC

- Can be fixed to sheet
metal or thin panel
- Material: black PVC
6,5
9,5
1,0-2,0
RJA00-02
10
17
2,0-4,0
RJA00-08
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 5+
50+
Part number
RJA00-02/5
RJA00-02/100
RJA00-08/5
RJA00-08/50
Material
Black PVC
Black PVC
Black PVC
Black PVC
232 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Sold in rolls of
5 metres
100 metres
5 metres
50 metres
Qty. 1+ 3+
6+
Stock*
4
4
4
-
Price each
10,44 F
167,95 F
15,24 F
122,30 F
Sealing strip
RJA
EPDM
-H
ageing resistance
hydrocarbons
- Flammable
14
18
12
RJA11-27
7,6
10
35
RJA90-38
DISCOUNTS
for 5m rolls
Qty. 1+ 5+
50+
Part number
RJA11-27/5
RJA11-27/100
RJA90-38/5
RJA90-38/50
Material
Black EPDM
Black EPDM
Black EPDM
Black EPDM
Sold in rolls of
5 metres
100 metres
5 metres
50 metres
HPC
DISCOUNTS
for 50m & 100m rolls
Qty. 1+ 3+
6+
Stock*
4
4
-
Price each
19,34 F
309,91 F
35,79 F
286,62 F
Volume 5 2013 5 233
Dual rail telescopic slide

Supports 30 to 40 kg
glt140
-M
aterial: anodised aluminium alloy
BS1474-6082TF
Steel ball bearing cage
- Fixing: countersunk fixing holes 4.5 for
screw M4
.Info..
- (1)
Assumes load uniformly shared across
2 slides
.Options.
- GLT142 locking slide with removable rail
slide
rail
34
10,5
12,5
Y holes, pitch 100mm
Stroke C
Rail
Access hole
A
Closed length L
X Holes pitch of 100
12,5
Front part of slide (closed position)
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 9+ 20+
40+
Part number
GLT140-300
GLT140-350
GLT140-400
GLT140-450
GLT140-500
GLT140-550
GLT140-600
Total
Rail
Length Stroke number no. of
C of holes holes Y
L
300
165
3
2
350
215
3
2
400
265
4
3
450
315
4
3
500
340
5
4
550
390
5
4
600
440
6
5
234 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
A
37,5
87,5
37,5
87,5
12,5
62,5
12,5
Slide
no. of
holes X
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
B
87,5
37,5
87,5
37,5
87,5
37,5
87,5
Load per
(1)
pair
Price each
(N) Stock*
1 to 8
500
4
23,61 F
490
27,55 F
480
4
29,26 F
400
4
30,81 F
380
30,67 F
350
33,85 F
300
4
35,35 F
Dual rail telescopic slide
-R
emovable and lockable when in open
position (release catch to unlock)
- Material: anodised aluminium alloy
BS1474-6082
Steel ball bearing cage
- Fixing: countersunk fixing holes 4.5
glt142
and
vable
Remo ckable
lo
.Info..
- (1)
Load uniformly spread for one pair
slide
rail
34
10.5
Stroke C
12.5
30
200
Closed length L
100
100
Countersunk holes
for M4 screw
325
300
200
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 9+ 20+
40+
Part number
GLT142-350
GLT142-400
GLT142-450
GLT142-500
GLT142-550
GLT142-600
Slide
Rail
Total
Space
Space
Number
between
Length Stroke number between
of slide
C
of
holes
holes
from
A
holes
from B
L
holes
350
262
4
100,200,325
4
100,200,300
400
300
4
100,200,370
4
100,200,300
450
337
5 100,200,275,400 5 100,200,300,400
500
375
5 100,200,300,470 5 100,200,300,400
100,200,300,
100,200,300
550
412
6
6
350,500
400,500
100,200,300,
100,200,300
600
450
6
6
400,525
400,500
HPC
Load
Price
per(1)
each
pair
(N) Stock* 1 to 8
400
4 33,11 F
380
4
35,12 F
370
4
36,98 F
320
38,81 F
300
40,61 F
280
42,46 F
Volume 5 2013 5 235
Triple rail telescopic slide

glt110
- Front fitted stroke end stop
- Materials:
Rails: Anodised aluminium alloy
Stroke: Closed length + 30mm
Bearing cage: Ball bearings are
contained within a steel cage
Ball bearings: 16 steel balls per cage
(total 32 balls)
- Fixing: countersunk fixing holes for
M4 screws
.Info..
- (1)
Assumes load uniformly shared
across 2 slide
external
middle
internal
34
17.5
19
Stroke B
A
17
C = No of pitches at 100mm centres
100

12.5
100
12.5
0.25
D = number of
fixing holes
0.25
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 9+ 20+
40+
Part number
GLT110-300
GLT110-350
GLT110-400
GLT110-450
GLT110-500
GLT110-550
GLT110-600
A
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Stroke
B
330
380
430
480
530
580
630
Number of
holes D
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
236 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
No of
pitches C
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
Load(1) per
pair (N)
300
450
480
520
480
450
300
Stock*
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 8
42,29 F
44,60 F
46,82 F
49,08 F
51,40 F
53,62 F
55,91 F
Removable triple rail telescopic slide

glt120
-T
his slide for supporting drawers can
be removed frontwards by releasing
a latch, the ball bearings being held
by a cage
- Material: rails in aluminium alloy 6082T6
- Finish: anodised
- Stroke: closed length +30mm
- Ball cage: ball held in steel ball cage
- Balls: 16 steel balls per cage
(Total 32 balls)
- Fixing: countersunk holes for M4
countersunk screw.
Latch
.Info..
- (1)
2 slides
external
middle
internal
34
19
Stroke B
A
17
D = number of
fixing holes
12.5
tab
100
100
12.5
0.25
D = number of
fixing holes
0.25
DISCOUNTS
Part number
GLT120-300
GLT120-350
GLT120-400
GLT120-450
GLT120-500
GLT120-550
GLT120-600
A
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Stroke
B
330
380
430
480
530
580
630
Number of
holes D
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
Qty. 1+ 9+ 20+
40+
No of
pitches C
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
Load(1) per
pair (N)
300
450
480
520
480
450
300
HPC
Stock*
4
4
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 8
44,84 F
47,50 F
50,07 F
52,50 F
54,98 F
57,50 F
60,34 F
Volume 5 2013 5 237

glt5012
- Extended stroke
- This slide for supporting drawers can be
removed towards the rear
- Material: galvanised steel internal and
external rails. rilsanised steel middle rail
- Use: can pull drawer all the way out
ing
no ball bear
.Info..
- (1)
2 slides
1
2
3
33
1: external
2: middle
3: internal
12.7
12.7
12.7
3
Stop
19
6.4
76.2
B
Stop
Access holes
4.5
6.4
12.7
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 9+ 20+
40+
Part number
GLT5012-248
GLT5012-298
GLT5012-349
GLT5012-400
GLT5012-451
GLT5012-502
GLT5012-552
GLT5012-603
A
248
298
349
400
451
502
552
603
Total
length
B
521
622
724
825
927
1029
1130
1232
Number of holes
on (1) and (3) Deflection
5
6
2
7
8
3
9
10
4
11
12
5
238 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Load per
(1)
pair
(N)
650
600
550
500
480
450
400
350
each
Stock* Price
1 to 8
4
4
4
4
4
31,83 F
34,22 F
38,08 F
39,40 F
43,31 F
45,85 F
49,73 F
52,36 F
Stainless steel triple rail telescopic slide

glt5012ss
- E xtended stroke
- F ront fitted stroke end stop. This drawer
slide can be removed with a backward
movement
- Material: galvanised steel internal and
external rails. rilsanised steel middle rail
- Use: Allows drawer to be removed
completely
ss steel
stainle
.Info..
ing
no ball bear
- (1)
2 slides
1
2
3
33
1: external
2: middle
3: internal
12.7
12.7
12.7
Stop
6.4
19
Access holes
Stop
4.5
6.4
76.2
B
12.7
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 9+ 20+
40+
Part number
GLT5012-248/SS
GLT5012-298/SS
GLT5012-349/SS
GLT5012-400/SS
GLT5012-451/SS
GLT5012-502/SS
GLT5012-552/SS
GLT5012-603/SS
Dimensions in mm
A
248
298
349
400
451
502
552
603
Total
length
B
521
622
724
825
927
1029
1130
1232
Number of
holes
on (1) and (3)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Deflection
2
3
4
5
HPC
Load per
(1)
pair
(N)
650
600
550
500
480
450
400
350
Price each
1 to 8
63,71 F
68,48 F
76,21 F
78,85 F
86,68 F
91,77 F
99,54 F
104,81 F
Volume 5 2013 5 239

Supports 80 kg
glt210
- F ront fitted stroke end stop. This
drawer slide can be removed with a
backward movement
- Material: rails in aluminium alloy 6063TF
- Finish: anodised
- Stroke: closed length +30mm
- Ball cage: ball held in a nylon ball cage
- Balls: 16 steel balls per cage
(Total 32 balls)
countersunk screw.
.Info..
- (1)
2 slides
external
middle
internal
51
20
Stroke B
25.5
D = number
of fixing
holes
50
50
50

12.5
DISCOUNTS
0.25
Part number
GLT210-300
GLT210-350
GLT210-400
GLT210-450
GLT210-500
GLT210-550
GLT210-600
A
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Stroke
B
330
380
430
480
530
580
630
Number of
holes D
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
HPC
No of
pitches
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Load(1) per
pair (N)
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
each
Stock* Price
1 to 8
4
4
4
4
0.25
D = number of
fixing holes
Qty. 1+ 9+ 20+
40+
240 5 Volume 5 2013
12.5
48,64 F
51,58 F
54,70 F
57,72 F
61,04 F
65,10 F
68,24 F
Triple rail lockable telescopic slide

Supports 80 kg
glt220
glt230
L ocks in open and closed positions
Material: rails in aluminium alloy 6063TF
Finish: anodised
Stroke: closed length +30mm
Ball cage: balls held in nylon ball cage
Balls: 16 steel balls per cage
(Total 32 balls)
countersunk screw.
.Assembly.
-U
se one GLT220 slide on the left of the
drawer and one GLT230 slide on the right
- One of the two slides can be replaced with
a GLT210 slide.
Latch
external
middle
.Info..
internal
- A
ssumes load uniformly
shared across 2 slides
(1)
51
right-hand slide
3.2
0.25
13
Front
plate
20
Stroke B
Press the tab to unlock
50
D = number
of fixing
holes
25
10 27.5
50
50
25.5
C = No of pitches at 50mm centres 12.5

12,5
0,25
Part number
Left
Right
GLT220-300 GLT230-300
GLT220-350 GLT230-350
GLT220-400 GLT230-400
GLT220-450 GLT230-450
GLT220-500 GLT230-500
GLT220-550 GLT230-550
GLT220-600 GLT230-600
D = number of
fixing holes
DISCOUNTS
Drawing: left hand side
Panel
drilling
A
330
380
430
480
530
580
630
Course
B
330
380
430
480
530
580
630
Number of
holes D
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0.25
Qty. 1+ 9+ 20+
40+
No of
pitches
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
HPC
Load(1) per
pair (N)
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
Price each
1 to 8
68,48 F
70,84 F
73,48 F
75,91 F
78,61 F
82,41 F
85,14 F
Volume 5 2013 5 241
e
b
u
t es
e
r
a tur 63
u
Sq truc -p.2
s 44
p.2
Square tube
p.244
Square tube
connector
p.246
Panel stop
Handle
p.253
Magnetic doorstop
p.256
Profile
p.255
Manual lock
p.257
Bolt-on hinge
p.258
p.260
End cap for square tube

Black plastic
btc
.Info..
-D
imensions are given as a guide and are
subject to change
for details
DISCOUNTS
Price each
External
Tube
BTC10
10x10
1,5-2
0,16 F
BTC12
12x12
1,5-2
0,16 F
BTC13
13x13
1,5-2
0,16 F
BTC15
15x15
1,5-2
4
0,20 F
BTC16
16x16
1,5-2
0,20 F
BTC18
18x18
1,5-3
0,20 F
BTC20
20x20
1-3
4
0,20 F
BTC22
22x22
1-3
0,25 F
BTC25/1-3 25x25
1-3
4
0,25 F
BTC28
28x28
1,5-3
0,46 F
BTC30/1-2.5 30x30
1-2,5
4
0,46 F
BTC30/2.5-4.5 30x30
2,5-4,5
4
0,57 F
BTC35/1-3 35x35
1-3
4
0,84 F
BTC35/2.5-5 35x35
2,5-5
4
0,84 F
BTC40/1-3 40x40
1-3
4
1,11 F
BTC40/2.5-4 40x40
2,5-4
4
1,11 F
BTC40/5-5.5 40x40
5-5,5
1,11 F
244 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty. 1+ 60+ 100+

200+
Price each
External
Tube
BTC40/4-4.5 40x40
4-4,5
1,11 F
BTC45
45x45
1-3
4
1,22 F
BTC50/1-2.5 50x50
1-2,5
4
1,39 F
BTC50/2.6-4 50x50
2,6-4
4
1,53 F
BTC50/3.5-6 50x50
3,5-6
4
1,58 F
BTC60/1.5-3.5 60x60 1,5-3,5
4
2,45 F
BTC60/3-5
60x60
3-5
4
2,45 F
BTC70
70x70
2-4
4
4,08 F
BTC80/2-4
80x80
2-4
4
4,55 F
BTC80/3-5
80x80
3-5
4
4,76 F
BTC90/2-5
90x90
2-5
8,14 F
BTC90/3.6-5 90x90
3,6-5
8,05 F
BTC100/1-4 100x100
1-4
4
9,23 F
BTC100/5-8 100x100
5-8
4
9,19 F
BTC120
120x120 2,5-5
4
14,24 F
BTC150/5-8 150x150
5-8
24,09 F
BTC150/10-12.5 150x150 10-12,5
24,09 F
Square tube
Stainless steel or aluminium
TUBE
- S tructural tube
- Materials: Stainless steel or anodised
aluminium
- Square tube 25 x 25mm
.Accessories.
-
Connectors NCT
Caps BTC
Slide profiles PGT
Support profiles PSP
ss steel
stainlueminium
or al
W
1,5
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+
21+
Part number
Material
TUBE25-25/SS Stainless steel
TUBE25-25/AL Aluminium
H
25
25
W
25
25
Length
(mm)
3000
3000
Weight
(kg/m)
3,21
1,09
HPC
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 9
70,08 F
48,20 F
Volume 5 2013 5 245
Square tube connector

Plastic
NCTa
NCTb
- For square tube 25 x 25 x 1.5 mm
.Info..
-N
us for details
.Accessories.
- S tructural tube TUBE
- Slide profiles PGT
- Support profiles PSP
Type A
25
25
44
25
Type B
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 60+
100+
Part number
NCT25-25A
NCT25-25B
Weight
(kg)
0,05
0,07
246 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Type
A
B
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 59
7,94 F
8,65 F

Plastic
NCTc
NCTd
.Info..
-N
us for details
.Accessories.
Type C
25
25
44
25
Type D
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 60+
100+
Part number
NCT25-25C
NCT25-25D
Weight
(kg)
0,09
0,07
Type
C
D
HPC
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 59
8,81 F
8,65 F
Volume 5 2013 5 247

Plastic
NCTe
NCTf
.Info..
-N
for details
.Accessories.
Type E
25
25
44
25
Type F
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 60+
100+
Part number
NCT25-25E
NCT25-25F
Weight
(kg)
0,09
0,11
248 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Type
E
F
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 59
8,81 F
9,20 F

Plastic
NCTg
NCTh
.Info..
-N
us for details
.Accessories.
Type G
25
25
44
25
Type H
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 60+
100+
Part number
NCT25-25G
NCT25-25H
Weight
(kg)
0,13
0,05
Type
G
H
HPC
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 59
9,92 F
7,94 F
Volume 5 2013 5 249
Variable angle connector

Plastic
NCTat
- Materials:
.Info..
-N
us for details
.Accessories.
le
Adjustab
122
22
29
6,5
19 3 19
6,5
90
61
25
16,5
11
22
Example of use
44,5
33
44,5
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 60+
100+
Part number
NCT25-25AT
Weight
(kg)
0,12
250 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Type
AT
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 59
9,65 F
Stainless steel
Fixing support
EFTC
- Support for square section tube

.Accessories.
- Connecting joint NCT
- Tube TUBE25-25
ss steel
stainle
12,5
25
75 50
25
1,5
25
8,5
10,25
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 10+
21+
Typical application

Part number
L
EFTC25-50/SS
50
EFTC25-100/SS
100
EFTC25-150/SS
150
Weight
(kg)
0,09
0,15
0,20
HPC
Stock*
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 9
9,26 F
10,01 F
10,90 F
Volume 5 2013 5 251
Doorstop
BLOC
Plastic
- Element for square tube structure

.Info..
-N
us for details
.Accessories.
-M
agnetic lock SER
- Hinge CHA
- Manual lock LOQ
4,5
25 31
4 6
52
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
BLOC-25
15
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
(kg)
0,01
252 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
4,03 F
Panel stop
BUT
Plastic
.Info..
-N
for details
.Accessories.
-M
agnetic lock SER
- Hinge CHA
- Doorstop BLOC
8,5
7,5
18
40 25
7,5
4,5
M6
15
15
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
BUT40-15
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
(kg)
0,01
Stock*
4
HPC
Price each
1 to 49
6,39 F
Volume 5 2013 5 253
Panel holder
BRI
Plastic

- Materials:
Clamp: reinforced polyamide
.Info..
-N
for details
.Accessories.
- P anel support profile PSP
- Panel stop BUT
8 24
12
M6
7,5
24
25
40
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
BRI25-4
BRI25-5
BRI25-6
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
S
4
5
6
254 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,03
0,03
0,03
Stock*
4
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
4,43 F
4,43 F
4,43 F
Handle
PO
Double sided assembly

- For
fitting to both sides of door/panel:
PO handle
PO handle used with PO-M handle
(see application example)
- Colour matt-black
- Materials:
Handle: glass reinforced technopolymer
Insert: brass (PO-M only)
- PO handle: smooth bore hole accepts round
headed screw
PO-M handle
- PO-M: M6/M8 threaded insert
d
C
H
G
Round-headed
screw CHC
B
A
PO handle
E
B
A
DISCOUNTS
PO handle
Double sided fixing
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 50+ 100+

250+
Price each
G
H
D
d Stock* 1 to 5
PO-M handle
Part number B
PO-M handle
With smooth bored hole
PO117-6
PO117-8
PO132-8
PO179-8
PO179-8
117
117
132
179
179
139
139
156
204
204
26
26
27
28
28
41
41
45
50
50
34
34
37
42
42
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
10,5
13,0
13,0
13,0
13,0
6,5
8,5
8,5
8,5
8,5
4
4
4
4
4
3,53 F
3,53 F
4,80 F
7,03 F
7,03 F
PO117-M6
PO117-M8
PO132-M6
PO132-M8
PO179-M8
117
117
132
132
179
139
139
156
156
204
26
26
27
27
28
41
41
45
45
50
34
34
37
37
42
9
9
9
9
9
M6
M8
M6
M8
M8
4
4
4
4
4
5,20 F
5,20 F
5,80 F
5,80 F
8,37 F
With threaded insert
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 255
Magnetic doorstop
Plastic
SER
- With adjustable magnet
- Material:
.Accessories.
- Manual lock LOQ
- Hinge CHA
- Doorstop BLOC
3,5
23
5,5
18
23,5
5,5
8
8
15
M18
46
9
16
30
16
5,2
16
Typical application
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Part number
SER-MAGNE
Weight
(kg)
0,6
256 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
16,13 F
Manual lock
LOQ
Plastic
.Accessories.
-M
agnetic lock SER
- Hinge CHA
- Doorstop BLOC
38
28
20
9,5
13,5
18,5
50
32
4,5
14
12
38
42
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Typical application
Part number
SER-MAGNE
Weight
(kg)
0,6
Stock*
4
HPC
Price each
1 to 49
16,13 F
Volume 5 2013 5 257
Sliding profile
PGT
Plastic
- For square tube 25 x 25

- Material: polyethylene
- Colour: black
.Accessories.
- Structural tube TUBE
.Info..
- PGT25-D comprises 2 elements, top and
bottom
20
2,5
6,5
20
6,5
2,5
15
2,3
14,7
25,4
2,75
2,3
30
30
Top part
Profile type PGT-D
6,5
6,7
23
25,4
Bottom part
9,2
16,9
2,6
25,4
2,5
30
Typical application
DISCOUNTS
Profile type PGT-S
Part number
PGT25-S
PGT25-D
Type
Single
Double
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Length
(mm)
2000
2000
258 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
0,53
0,85
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 4
28,01 F
221,69 F
Support profile
PSP
Plastic
- For square tube 25 x 25
- Material: rigid and flexible PVC
.Info..
- P anel thickness (X) should be
between 5 and 8mm
.Accessories.
- Panel stop BUT
- Panel holder BRI
X
2
15,5
10,5
3
4
20,7
25,6
29,6
Typical application
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Flexible PVC element

Panel
Upper profile
Lower profile
Square tube
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
PSP-25
Length
(mm)
3000
Weight
(kg)
0,27
HPC
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 4
53,40 F
Volume 5 2013 5 259
Bolt-on hinge
CHA
Opens to 135

- Face frame hinge
- Materials:
Hinge: reinforced polyamide
Pin: zinc plated steel
.Info..
-N
for details
.Accessories.
-M
agnetic lock SER
- Doorstop BLOC
- Manual lock LOQ
A
B
C G
M
H
135
D
F
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Part number
CHA135-48
CHA135-64
CHA135-96
A
48
64
96
B
30
40
60
C
30
40
63
D
10
13
16
E
10
13
17
260 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
F
15
19
24
G
48
64
96
H
13,5
13,5
16,0
I
3,0
3,0
4,6
M Stock*
6,5
4
6,5
4
8,0
4
Price each
1 to 49
4,86 F
6,52 F
8,52 F
Bolt-on hinge with threaded insert

Opens to 138
CHA
- Face frame hinge
- Materials:
Inserts: brass
.Info..
-N
us for details
.Accessories.
-M
agnetic lock SER
- Doorstop BLOC
- Manual lock LOQ
A
B
E
M
C G
138
D
F
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
CHA138-49-M5
CHA138-49-M6
A
49
49
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
B
30
30
C
32
32
D
11
11
E
13
13
F
19
19
HPC
G
49
49
Price each
M Stock* 1 to 49
M5
17,09 F
M6
4
17,09 F
Volume 5 2013 5 261
Bolt-on hinge with threaded insert

Opens to 225
CHA
- Face frame hinge
- Materials:
Inserts: brass
.Info..
-N
for details
.Accessories.
-M
agnetic lock SER
- Doorstop BLOC
- Manual lock LOQ
225
F
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Part number
CHA225-30
CHA225-54
CHA225-78
A
30
54
78
B
15
30
42
C
18
21
31
D
11
13
16
262 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
E
19
22
29
F
25
29
40
G
36
42
62
Price each
M Stock* 1 to 49
M5
4
4,99 F
M6
4
8,09 F
M8
15,69 F
Square tube
TUBE25-25
see volume
p.199
Handle
PO132-6
see volume
p.196
Doorstop
BLOC-25
see volume p.192
Connectors
NCT25-25E
see volume p.200
Magnetic doorstop
SER-MAGNE
see volume p.198 see volume

p.189
see volume p.205
Hinge
CHA13849-M5
Panel holder
BRI25-4
see volume
p.197
Panel stop
BUT40-15
see volume
p.201
Manual lock
LOQ-MAN
see volume p.191
Connectors
NCT25-25D
Product guide
Stainless steel
profile
lar es
u
d ur 5
o
M uct .31
str 66-p
Stain
2
.
p
ste less
el
Strippable profile
Tools for
strippable profile
p.283
Open channel
profile
p.287
p.276
p.286
Cable-carrier
chain
p.289
Nut for
aluminium profile
Joining plate for

aluminium profile
p.294
Joints for
aluminium profiles
New
p.298
Coupling bar for
aluminium profile
p.301
Right angled
bracket for
aluminium profiles
New
p.303
Floor anchor
for aluminium
profiles
New
p.306
p.312
Aluminium profiles
General information
Band conveyors with adjustable longitudinal stops for height and width
.Sections.
.Centrally drilled holes.
Base dimension is 45mm

All profiles share same profile
All slots are identical
Any combination of profiles is possible.
Uniform 7.5-0.3mm
M8 thread must be tapped without producing swarf
by use of a fluteless tap
Can be increased up to M12
22,5
15,3
4,5
13,6
11,7
ofiles
m pr ll
u
i
n
i
Alum reating a
for c
dular
f mo
o
s
e
typ
tures
struc
8,2
7,5
266 5 Volume 5 2013
R2,5
HPC
Profile slot
General information
.Slot.
Identical shape for all profiles from 19 to 90mm; Width of slot: 8.5-0.3mm.
Slot are designed for CHC M8 screws (head = 13mm), M8 nuts
(Dimension across flats 13mm) as well as four-sided and six-sided M8 nuts.
.Applicable load.
.Acceptable nuts/screws.
s
ccept
Slota
M8
s
head
screw
F = 6000N
Packaging line with roller conveyors
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 267
Aluminium profiles
Material characteristics
Test benches with

integrated linear systems
Test benches
.Material.
.Surface.
Material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F 25
Specific weight: 2.75 g/cm3
Material n: 3.3206,72 tempered
Tensile strength: min. Rm = 245 N / mm2
0.2% Elastic limit: min. Rp 0.2 = 200 N / mm2
A5 Elongation: > 10%
A10 Elongation: > 8%
Elastic coefficient: E: 70000 N / mm2

G : 27000 N / mm2
Brinell hardness: ca. 75 HB 2.5 / 187.5
Expansion coefficient: 23,8 . 10-6 K-1
Surface: Anodised aluminum E6/EV1,

colourless
Treatment depth: ca.10um
Hardness: 250 - 350 HV
268 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Aluminium profiles
General information
.Geometric tolerances.
Geometric tolerances: DIN17615
External dimensions: 0.2 to 0.4 mm
Straightness: max. 1.5mm / 2 m
Flatness: max. 1.5mm / 2 m
As a general rule, the average tolerance values following the German standard DIN 17615
have been respected.
Very simple assembly thanks to

the PRF-FIX-UNI universal fixingsystem
- Cheap
- Requires very little preparation
- Wide range of uses
- Very easy to use
- Antirotation guaranteed
illin
No dr
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 269
Standard aluminium profiles
- Profiles are shown at approx half-size

Profile 19 x 45: PRF1945-3

and PRF4545-3/SS
- Fitting the cap

- F orce the pin using a mallet
To remove, drill out the pin
270 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Strippable aluminium profiles

CREATE THE slot LENGTH YOU NEED !
For uses that require the highest
standards of hygiene:
- No product retention
- Ideal for agro-food, chemical, and
pharmaceutical industries
Profile 45 x 45: PRF4545-3/P
Chute profile 45 x 45:

PRF4545-G-3
Profile 45 x 90: PRF4590-3/P
Profiles represented at the scale of about 1/2
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 271
PRF aluminium profile assembly

Good!
If possible join the horizontal crossheads

to the vertical posts
Bad!
If possible join 2 profiles end to end on a

support profile
272 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
PRF aluminium profile assembly
To reduce prefer an deflection, favour the

upwards assembly of rectangular profiles
Frames subjected to large torque can be

reinforced with a right angle
Good!
Bad!
Avoid interrupting the carrying profile
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 273
Aluminium profiles
Calculating deflection
Deflection f (mm), for a punctual static load F (see diagram)
0,01
0,001
10
0,1
0,01
0,1
100
10
1000mm
f
L
100mm
L
0,001
0,1
0,01
100mm
10
90x90
30.000
300
25.000
250
20.000
200
45x90
10.000
9.000
8.000
7.000
6.000
5.000
100
90
80
70
60
50
4.000
40
30
2.000
20
1.000
900
800
700
600
500
10
9
8
7
6
5
90x45
274 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
32x32
5.000
6.000
4.000
3.000
2.000
1.500
600
700
800
900
1.000
Free length L (mm)
500
400
3
300
300
200
400
45x45
Moment of inertia I (cm4)
200
Load F (N)
3.000
Aluminium profiles
The different formulae and equations can only be applied to punctual static loads. For any other
kind of load, refer to appropriate methods of calculation.
The security coefficients applicable to profiles are those used all the time in mechanics.
Material resistance calculation
Profile deflexion calculation

Example f = Deflection
F = Load
L = Length
I = Moment of inertia
E = Elastic coefficient
mm
8 000 N
700 mm
30.4 cm
70 000 N/mm
4
1st example:
f=
F x L3
E x I x 3 x 104
= 42.1 mm
f
L
2nd example:
f=
F x L3
E x I x 48 x 104
= 2.7 mm
f
L
3rd example:
f=
F x L3
E x I x 192 x 104
= 0.67 mm
On the previous page, you can easily reference the result at the top of the table.To determine the
value of the deflection, follow the order indicated by the arrows.
Deflection (f)
Load (F)
Profile section
Free length (L)
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 275
Stainless steel standard profile

Section: 45x45 mm
prf4545
- Profile for creating modular structures
- To be cut to length once supplied
- Material: stainless steel 1.4301 (X5 CrNi 18-10)
ss steel
stainle
.Accessories.
-
niversal fixation PRF-FIX-UNI/SS

U
Stainless steel standard screws (CHC DIN912)
Stainless steel nuts PRF-ECL/SS
Rod end screw fixing FHC8-16/SS/B
.Uses.
-
F ood industry
Outdoor applications
Chemical industry
Pharmaceutical industry
High ambient temperature applications
PRF4545-3/SS
.Advantages.
The advantages are the same as for aluminium
profiles:
- Same modularity across the complete range
- Slots accept M8 screws
- Compatible with the entire range
- Only 1 type of thread (M8) used across the
range
- No special tooling required
- Assemblies can be made in all 4 axes
- Slots can support panels
PRF4545-C/SS
DISCOUNTS profile DISCOUNTScover

Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
Profile
PRF4545-3/SS
Cover
Ix
(cm4)
6,47
Iy
(cm4)
6,47
PRF4545-C/SS
3000
End cap
Dimensions in mm
276 5 Volume 5 2013
Length
(mm)
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
(kg/m)
2,778
Price each
221,07 F
9,97 F
Standard aluminium profile

Section: 45x45 mm
prf4545
- PR4545 profile is basic profile for creating all
types of structures
- Material: anodised aluminium
- Covers are not sold individually, please
.Accessories.
-U
niversal fastener PRF-FIX-UNI
- Right angle PRF19-E, PRF25-E, PRF45-E,
PRF4590-E
- Standard fastener PRF-FIX-STD
- Screwed-in assemblies
.Uses.
- All types of construction
PRF4545-3
PRF4545-C
Typical application
DISCOUNTS profile DISCOUNTS cover

Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
Profile
PRF4545-3
Cover
PRF4545-C
lx
(cm4)
14,153
ly
(cm4)
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg/m)
14,153
3000
2,005
End cover with pin
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
Price each
72,25 F
0,98 F
Volume 5 2013 5 277

Section: 19x32 mm
prf1932
- Covers are not sold individually, please contact
us for details
.Accessories.
-
niversal fatsener PRF-FIX-UNI

U
Right angle PRF19-E
Standard fastener PRF-FIX-STD
Screwed-in assemblies
.Uses.
-
L ight supports
Handles
Detector and switch supports
Frames
PRF1932-3
PRF1932-C
Typical application

Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
lx
(cm4)
ly
(cm4)
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg/m)
PRF1932-3
3,105
1,527
3000
0,987
Profile
Cover
PRF1932-C
End cover with pin
278 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
Price each
52,12 F
0,93 F

Section: 19x45 mm
prf1945
us for details
.Accessories.
-

U
Right angle PRF19-E
.Uses.
-
L ight supports
Handles
Detector and switch supports
Frames
PRF1945-3
Typical application
PRF1945-C
Typical application

Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
lx
(cm4)
ly
(cm4)
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg/m)
PRF1945-3
6,051
1,83
3000
1,087
Profile
Cover
PRF1945-C
End cover with pin
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
Price each
59,19 F
0,98 F
Volume 5 2013 5 279

Section: 32x32 mm
prf3232
us for details
.Accessories.
-

U
Right angle PRF19-E
.Uses.
-
L ight supports
Handles
Detector and switch support
Frames
PRF3232-3
PRF3232-C
Typical application

Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
lx
(cm4)
ly
(cm4)
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg/m)
PRF3232-3
4,824
4,824
3000
1,288
Profile
Cover
PRF3232-C
End cover with pin
280 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
Price each
61,80 F
1,14 F

Section: 45x32 mm
prf4532
.Accessories.
-U
PRF4590-E
.Uses.
-A
ll types of construction, one side of the profile
is covered
- Tables, supports,
- Sliding doors
- Linear guidance
PRF4532-3
PRF4532-C
Typical application

Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
lx
(cm4)
ly
(cm4)
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg/m)
PRF4532-3
10,182
6,492
3000
1,588
Profile
Cover
PRF4532-C
End cover with pin
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
Price each
83,89 F
1,33 F
Volume 5 2013 5 281

Section: 45x90 mm
prf4590
- PRF4590 is the basic profile for creating all types
of constructions
.Accessories.
-U
PRF4590-E
.Uses.
- Can be used for constructing any type of
assembly
-C
entral of the profile can be used as a channel
for a counterweight
PRF4590-3
PRF45902-C

Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Typical application
Part number
lx
(cm4)
ly
(cm4)
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg/m)
PRF4590-3
100,842
24,321
3000
3,134
Profile
Cover
PRF4590-C
End cover with pin
282 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
Price each
139,88 F
1,62 F
Aluminium profile with extendable slot

Section: 45x45 mm
PRF4545p
- Slots of the required length can be opened on
any face
us for details
.Accessories.
-
Universal fastener PRF-FIX-UNI

Right angle PRF19-E, PRF25-E, PRF45-E, PRF4590-E
.Tools.
- S tripper PRF-TOOL-OR
- Trimmer PRF-TOOL-EB
.Uses.
- All types of construction, especially
where strict hygiene rules must be
adhered to, such as the food or
pharmaceutical industries
- Central of the profile can be used as
a channel for a counterweight
PRF4545-3/P
ened
Slot op th
to leng
PRF4545-C

Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Part number
Profile
PRF4545-3/P
Cover
PRF4545-C
PRF45-EG
Tools
PRF-TOOL-OR
PRF-TOOL-EB
lx
(cm4)
ly
(cm4)
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg/m)
14,095
14,095
3000
2,01
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock* Price each

4
86,30 F
End cap
Fixing cover
4
4
0,98 F
0,67 F
Stripper
Deburring tool
4
-
24,05 F
125,14 F
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 283
Aluminium profile with extendable slot

Section: 45x90 mm
PRF4590p
- Slots of the required length can be opened on
any of the 4 faces, (6 possible positions)
.Accessories.
-U
PRF4590-E
.Tools.
- S tripper PRF-TOOL-OR
- Trimmer PRF-TOOL-EB
.Uses.
-A
ll types of construction, especially where
strict hygiene rules must be adhered to, such
as the food or pharmaceutical industries
- Counterweight guidance in centre
PRF4590-3/P
ened
Slot op th
to leng
PRF4590-C

Part number
lx
(cm4)
ly
(cm4)
PRF4590-3/P
102,249
25,326
Profile
Cover
PRF4590-C
PRF45-EG
Tools
PRF-TOOL-OR
PRF-TOOL-EB
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg/m)
3000
3,191
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock* Price each

4
156,74 F
End cap
Fixing cover
4
4
1,62 F
0,67 F
Stripper
Deburring tool
4
-
24,05 F
125,14 F
284 5 Volume 5 2013
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
HPC
Extendable slot profiles

Basic principles
PRFp
Extendable slot profiles do not retain dirt or
dust and strongly recommended by the food
and pharmaceutical industries.
.Uses.
- Insert the curved end of the tool into the
end of the profile and open a slot of the
required length by making firm up and down
movements.
- Clean the slot created with the PR-TOOL-EB
deburring tool.
- The slotted end of the tool is used for opening
short slots. PRF-PR profile covers can be used
to seal any unwanted open slots.
The slotted end of the tool creates a slot of the

correct length to be used with the PRF-FIX-UNI
universal fastener. After assembly it can be
covered with the PRF45-EG cover.
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 285
Tools for aluminium profile

PRFtool
.Slot opening tool.
- Material: chromed steel
- Uses
- For creating slots on
extendable slot profiles to
accept flat panels or linear
transmission systems etc
- For opening slots to accept
fixing supports
PRF-TOOL-OR
.Deburring tooll
- Material: plastic sleeve
Uses:
- For deburring slots after opening
- For deburring drilled holes
How to use:
- Place the tool at the end of the slot to be
deburred and draw along both opened
edges
PRF-TOOL-EB
.Assembly key.
- Materials:
Shaft: chromed steel
Handle: black plastic
PRF-TOOL-H4
DISCOUNTS

Type
Part number
PRF-TOOL-OR
Slot opening tool
PRF-TOOL-EB
Deburring tool
PRF-TOOL-H4
Assembly key
286 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
Stock*
(kg)
0,456
0,090
-
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
24,05 F
125,14 F
5,97 F
Open channel aluminium profile

Section: 45x45 mm
PRFg3
us for details
.Accessories.
-U
- Right-angle PRF-19-E, PRF-25-E, PRF-45-E,
PRF-4590-E
- Screw-in assemblies
- Slots on sides can be opened to the required length
using the slot-opening tool PRF-TOOL-OR and
deburred with the PRF-TOOL-EB tool
.Applications.
-C
an be used for constructing any type of assembly
- Can hold electrical cables or pneumatic tubing;
directly or supported by a PRF4545-CH cable
carrying chain.
- Open side can be covered using the PRF4545-GG-3
cover
cover
Example showing cable carrying chain
Part number
Profile
PRF4545-G-3
Cover
PRF4532-C
Ix
(cm4)
13,002

Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Iy
(cm4)
Length
(mm)
8,297
3000
End cover
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
(kg/m)
3000
Stock*
Price
each
93,68 F
1,33 F
Volume 5 2013 5 287
Cover for open channel aluminium profile

For aluminium channel
PRFcg
profile
- Material:
High resistance grey PVC
.Uses.
-U
se with PRF4545-G-3 profile to hide or protect
electrical cables or pneumatic tubing
.Assembly.
- Clip in place
Typical application
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
PRF4545-CG-2
Dimensions in mm
Length
(mm)
2000
288 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
0,11
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Price each
1 to 4
12,81 F
Cable-carrier chain for aluminium profile

For profile PRF4545-G-3
PRFch
- Supplied in metre lengths, this chain simply
clips together
- 2 part fixing link required
- Material: black plastic
.Usess
- F or supporting and guiding cables/hoses on
moveable structures such as trolleys
.Assemblyy
RF4545-ACH links permit multiple chains to be
-P
joined to obtain the total length required
- Clip chains together to get the length desired
PRF4545-CH
PRF4545-ACH
Typical application
DISCOUNTS
Part number
PRF4545-CH
PRF4545-ACH
Type
Cable-carrier chain
Link
Dimensions in mm
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Length
(mm)
1000
-
Weight
(kg)
0,341
0,058
HPC
Price each
1 to 4
40,82 F
9,51 F
Volume 5 2013 5 289
Fastener for aluminium profile

Universal fastener
PRF
fixuni
.Uses.
- L ow cost fastening requiring little preparation
- Used for different assembly types
.Central hole.
- Directly accepts M8 screws
Quick-fi
xing
.Assembly.
1. T ap the central hole of the first profile (1) using a fluteless M8 tap.
Lightly attach the fastener to the end of the profile using the M8 screw (do not screw in
completely)
2. Attach the second profile (2) in the required position.
3. Tighten the M8 grubscrew with an SW4 hexagonal key or the PRF-TOOL-H4 tool.
Max. Suggested torque 12Nm
.Advantages.
-
E nds of profiles remain available

Fastener is not visible
Profiles can be repositioned/adjusted at any time
Assembly will not twist
Maximum load allowed: 6000N
Cross joints in 3 dimensions can be created
Joint can conduct electricity for bonding purposes.
290 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC

Universal fastener
prf
fixuni
.Profile assembly.
-
an be used to join all profile types

C
Use multiple fasteners for longer lengths
Materials:
Fastener: electroplated chromed steel or stainless
steel
- Round headed M8 screw, 25mm long.
.Assembly.
- L ightly attach the fastener into the slot on the
profile (do not tighten )
- Slide the fastener in the slot to the required
position
- Tighten the M8 grubscrew with an SW4
hexagonal key or the PRF-TOOL-H4 tool
No drilling
Part number
PRF-FIX-UNI
PRF-FIX-UNI/SS
For profile
All type of PRF profile
Stainless PRF/SS profile
DISCOUNTS
Tightening
torque (Nm)
10,0
01,2
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,029
-
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
5,18 F
11,40 F
Volume 5 2013 5 291

Standard fastener
prf
fixstd
.Profile assembly.
-
S uitable for loads up to 18000N

Can be used to securely join all profile types
Forms very efficient anti-twist joint
Materials:
M8x50mm CHC screw: electroplated steel
Locking plate: electroplated steel
.Uses.
- For heavy or vibrating loads
.Assembly.
- Drill a stepped hole (9, 15) at the required
position
- S lide the screw locking plate in the slot
- Pass the end of the screw through the first
profile (1), the locking plate and then into the
central hole of the second profile (2) which was
previously tapped (M8 x 25mm) and tighten.
DISCOUNTS
Part number
PRF-FIX-STD
Load
(N)
18000
For profile
All types of PRF profile
292 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Tightening
torque (Nm)
20
Weight
(kg)
0,03
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price each
Stock*
1 to 49
4
1,96 F

Angular joint
prf
fixang
-C
reates an angular joint between
the end of a profile and the side of a
second.
- Fixing kit supplied
- Material: electroplated steel
.Assembly.
-D
rill a 10.2mm in the centre of the side
of the horizontal profile
- Drill a 8.2 mm at a distance A (see
table) from the end of the angled profile
- Insert the angled fastener in the
10.2mm hole
- Position the PRF-ECL-M8 nut in the slot
at 8.2 hole
- Tighten the joint by means of the M8
grubscrew
a 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
A(mm)
21 24 26 28 29 30 30,5
31 31,5
32 32 32 32
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Part number
PRF-FIX-ANG
Weight
(kg)
0,051
HPC

Stock*

4
Price each
1 to 49
10,92 F
Volume 5 2013 5 293
Nut for aluminium profile

With tab
prfecl
- S quare nut with sprung tab
- Nut can be inserted at any point along the slot
in a profile
- Material: zinc plated or stainless steel
- Not sold individually, contact us for details
.Advantages.
- Allows parts to be added/removed easily
- Sprung tabs allows the nut to be retained
in place when using vertically positioned
profiles
steel orteel
ss s
stainle
M8
M6
M5
M4
DISCOUNTS
Very simple positioning

Part number
Steel
Stainless steel
PRF-ECL-M3
PRF-ECL-M3/SS
PRF-ECL-M4
PRF-ECL-M4/SS
PRF-ECL-M5
PRF-ECL-M5/SS
PRF-ECL-M6
PRF-ECL-M6/SS
PRF-ECL-M8
PRF-ECL-M8/SS
294 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
T
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M3
Stock*
Steel
4
4
4
4
4
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price each 1 to 49
Stainless steel
Steel
0,73 F
2,25 F
0,73 F
2,25 F
0,73 F
2,25 F
0,73 F
2,25 F
0,73 F
2,25 F
Hammerhead screw
PRFvtm
- S crews can be inserted at any point along the slot
in the profile.
- Material: zinc plated steel
.Advantages.
-H
ammerhead screws are a simple way of adding
components or accessories onto profiles that have
already been assembled
.Assembly.
- P lace the screw in the slot at the required position,
mount the accessory to be added and tighten the
M8 nut
- Tightening the nut causes the screw to become
perpendicular to the slot.
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
Type
PRF-VTM-M8 Hammerhead screw
Weight
(kg)
0,012
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
1,02 F
Volume 5 2013 5 295
Angle bracket PRF45-E
PRF4590-BASE
Plate PRF-PL-4590
Profile PRF4590
Plate PRF4590-BM12
Profile PRF4545
296 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Joining bar for aluminium profile

T slot bar
PRFer
-M
aterial: electroplated steel
- 4 electroplated M8 x14mm grubscrews (use SW4
hexagonal key or PRF-TOOL-H4 tool)
.Uses.
- For but joining profiles.
- For creating longer profiles
.Assembly.
- Simply twist into slot in profile
- No preparation required
- For long profiles or to support heavier loads,
use more joining bars.
Typical application
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+

Type
Part number
PRF-ER-180
Joining bar
Weight
Stock*
(kg)
0,12
4
HPC
Price each
1 to 49
10,79 F
Volume 5 2013 5 297
Joining plate for aluminium profile

For joining pre-assembled
PRFpl
structures
- For joining two structures together

- Ensures rigid and stable installation of
protective barriers
- Mounting kit supplied
- Material:
Grey powder coated aluminium GD
.Assembly.
-U
se the fixing kit to attach to the mounting
slot on the protective panel and the slot on the
support profile
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+

Part number
PRF-PL-4590
298 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
Stock*
(kg)
0,17
4
Price each
1 to 49
7,31 F
Joining plate for aluminium profile

For joining pre-assembled
PRFpl
structures
- For joining two structures together

- Ensures rigid and stable installation of
protective barriers
- Material:
Grey powder coated aluminium GD
.Assembly.
-U
se the fixing kit to attach to the mounting
slot on the protective panel and the slot on the
support profile
Typical assembly
DISCOUNTS
Part number
PRF-PL-9090
Weight
(kg)
0,33
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
8,51 F
Volume 5 2013 5 299
Angle plate for aluminium profile

PRFpa
- Supplied with fixing kit
- Material:
covered steel
.Uses.
- Attaches support bases to the conveyor of a chassis
- Can also be used with slope conveyors
- Range +/- 35
.Assembly.
-A
ttach to the side of the conveyor chassis and to
the bases using the fixing kit
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
PRF-PA
Dimensions in mm
Type
Angle plate
300 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,377
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price each
1 to 49
22,04 F
Joints for aluminium profiles
Corner and variable angle hinge
ACLeav
ACLpav
- Components for creating angled joints

- Material
Corner : Cast aluminium
Hinge : chromed steel
.Advantages.
- Adjustable angle
.Info.
ACL-EAV-45
-N
o mounting screws supplied
(see PRF-ECL-M8/screw FHC8 and CHC8)
NEW
ACL-PAV-130
!
40
8,5
(2x)
43
23
23
N
26
ACL-EAV-45
30
6,3
R65 8,1
R50
8,2
22,5
ACL-PAV-130
2,5
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 50+
Disc. List -5%
Weight
Type
Screw size
N
(g)
Part number
ACL-EAV-45
Corner
M8
8/10
44
ACL-PAV-130
Hinge
M8
221
Dimensions in mm
HPC
100
130
100+
On request
Price each
1 to 49
3,64F
6,75F
Volume 5 2013 5 301
24/48h delivery*
for articles in stock

*Contact us for full details
Coupling bar for aluminium profile

PRFrr
- S upplied with fixing kit
- Material:
electroplated steel
.Advantages.
-A
llows profiles of different sections to be joined
together
- Can also be used to add additional profiles
.Assembly.
-A
ttach the bar to the slot with the fixing kit
- No preparation necessary
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Assembly example
Part number
PRF-RR-120
Dimensions in mm
Weight
(kg)
0,103
Type
Coupling bar
HPC
Price each
1 to 49
7,38 F
Volume 5 2013 5 303
Bracket for aluminium profiles

Support bracket
prfe
-C
an be used for all types of construction,
recommended for use when adding profiles to
existing structures
- Use to reinforce structures
- Can be positioned anywhere along the profile length
- For heavy loads, use multiple brackets
- Material: grey powder coated aluminium GD
.Accessories.
- Nut with sprung tab PRF-ECL
.Special application.
- PRF25-E bracket has a centred section that aligns
along profile slot to prevent twisting
.Info..
- *Given for applications using two brackets; when
using a single bracket, maximum load is reduced,
please contact us for details
PRF25-E
PRF45-E
PRF19-E
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+

Max.
Part number load* (N)
PRF19-E
1200
PRF25-E
1200
PRF45-E
1200
Max.
Tightening
Price each
Stock* 1 to 49
torque (Nm)
For profile
torque (Nm)
400
PRF19, PRF32
20
4
3,98 F
PRF19, PRF32, PRF45
20
400
4
4,57 F
PRF45
20
400
4
3,98 F
304 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Bracket for aluminium profile

Support bracket
prfe
-C
an be used for all types of construction,
recommended for use when adding profiles to
existing structures
- Use to reinforce structures
- Can be positioned anywhere along the profile length
- For heavy loads, use multiple brackets
- PRF90-E supplied with cover and screw locking plate
- Reccomended tightening torque: 20Nm
.Accessory.
- Nut with sprung tab PRF-ECL
.Info..
- *For applications requiring the use of a double
bracket or single bracket, please contact us
PRF4590-E
PRF90-E
Maximum load and torque

Max.
Part number load* (N)
PRF4590-E
2400
PRF90-E
4800
Max.
torque (Nm)
For profile
800
PRF4590
1600
PRF4590
Tightening
torque (Nm)
20
20
HPC
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
10,31 F
22,85 F
Volume 5 2013 5 305
Right angled bracket for aluminium profiles
ACLepp
Connecting bracket for connecting 2 profiles
- To join 2 profiles at 90
- Material
Anodised aluminium
For use with single slot profiles
.Advantages.
- S uitable for use with PRF
aluminium profiles
.Info.
- No mounting screws supplied
NEW
ACL-EPP2-4545
ACL-EPP4-4590
L
C
D (2x)
ACL-EPP2- 4545
B
D
(4x)
A
H
C
ACL-EPP4-4590

Part number

Version L
B
H
A
C
D
ACL-EPP2-4545 2 holes 45 41
6
22,5
9
ACL-EPP4-4590 4 holes 90 41
6
45
22,5
9
Dimensions in mm
306 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 50+
Disc. List -5%
100+
On request
Weight
(g)
55
112
Price each
1 to 49
2,65F
5,27F
Right angled bracket for aluminium profiles
Connecting bracket for connecting 2 profiles
AClepp
- To join 2 profiles at 90
- Material
Anodised aluminium
For use with dual slot profilest
.Advantages.
- S uitable for use with PRF4590
aluminium profiles
.Info.
W!
NE
ACL-EPP4-9045
ACL-EPP8-9090
B
A
D
(4x)
ACL-EPP4-9045
B
A
D
(8x)
A
H
C
ACL-EPP8-9090
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 50+
100+

Weight Price each
L
B
H
A
C
D
(g)
Part number Version
1 to 49
ACL-EPP4-9045 4 holes 45
86
6
45
22,5
9
112
5,45F
ACL-EPP8-9090 8 holes 90
86
6
45
22,5
9
235
9,76F
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 307
Clamp for aluminium profile

PRFbr
- Material:
Anodised aluminium
.Use.
-U
se the slots on two profiles to connect them
at any angle
.Assembly.
- Attach the clamp to the slot of the first profile
and then tighten the second
o preparation required
-N
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
PRF-BR
Type
Clamp
308 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,069
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
8,90 F
Corner reinforcement
PRFt
- Material:
Anodised aluminium
.Uses.
- For reinforcing structures or assemblies
- Used for attaching feet to the inside of a chassis
- Also used for levelling or anchoring structures to
the floor
.Assembly.
-M
ounts on the side of a profile using the fixing kit
supplied
- Used with anchoring kit to attach a structure to
the floor.
Used as reinforcement
Part number
PRF-T-75
DISCOUNTS
Used for reinforcing

and anchoring
Type
Corner
Weight
(kg)
0,17
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
28,06 F
Volume 5 2013 5 309
Anchoring bracket for aluminium profile

PRFpf
- S upplied without fixing kit
- Material: grey powder covered steel
.Uses.
- Used to anchor a structure to the floor or wall
.Assembly.
- Attaches to profile using M8 x 20mm screws.
- Attaches to floor or wall using anchoring system
- Can be added to existing structures
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
PRF-PF-150
Type
Anchor bracket
310 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,355
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
13,34 F
Anchor foot for 45x45 profile

PRFp
- S upplied with profile fixing kit
.Uses.
- For attaching panels or chassis to floors
- Suitable for all profiles up to 45x45mm
.Assembly.
- Insert the profile into the foot
- Insert nuts with sprung tabs into the slots on the
profile and lightly tighten the screws
- Make final adjustments to the position of the
profile and then firmly tighten the screws
- Use anchoring system if fixing to a floor
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
PRF-P-45
Mounting example
Type
Anchor
Weight
(kg)
0,595
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
18,81 F
Volume 5 2013 5 311
Floor anchor for aluminium profiles
Right angled floor anchor
ACLefs
- F or securing aluminium profiles

to a floor
- Material :
Zamak
.Advantages.
NEW
- S uitable for use with PRF

aluminium profiles
- Only for use with profiles wider
than 40mm
A-A
20
10
10
25
60
20
A
38
160
DISCOUNTS

Part number
N
ACL-EFS-160
8
Dimensions in mm
312 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(g)
110
Qty 1+ 50+
Disc. List -5%
100+
On request
Prix Uni.
1 49
10,57F
Floor anchor for aluminium profiles
Adjustable height floor anchor
ACLefs/A
- For securing aluminium profiles

to a floor
Material:
Zamak
.Advantages.
NEW
- Adjustable
- Suitable for use with
PRF aluminium profiles
F-F
10
10
E
B
F
8
D
1
A
3
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 50+
100+

Profile size

Weight Price each
(mm)
A
B
C
D
E
Max height
(g)
Part number
1 to 49
ACL-EFS-120/A 30 min 120
15
45
28
19
52
88
11,83F
ACL-EFS-160/A 40 min 160
20
60
38
29
72
120
16,34F
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 313
Base plate
prfbase
For anchoring to a floor
- For anchoring vertical profiles to a floor

- Grey end caps supplied
.Assembly.
-C
onnected using 1 or 2 PR-FIX-UNI universal
fasteners on the end of the profile
- When anchoring to a floor, 2 anchoring systems
are required
PRF45-BASE
PRF4590-BASE
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+

Type
Part number
PRF45-BASE
PRF45
PRF4590-BASE
PRF4590
314 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
Stock*
(kg)
0,125
4
0,329
4
Price each
1 to 49
14,41 F
12,41 F
Base support plate

Plate with central hole
prfbm
-B
ase plate for attaching foot or
lifting ring
- Feet/lifting ring not supplied
.Assembly.
- Fits in slot on profile
.Accessories.
- PR/PRS/PAT/PAM ranges of feet
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+

For profile
Part number
PRF4590-BM10
PRF4590
PRF4590-BM12
PRF4590
PRF4590-BM16
PRF4590
PRF4590-BM20
PRF4590
Thickness
(mm)
15
15
15
15
Weight
(kg)
0,164
0,162
0,160
0,156
HPC
Stock*
4
4
4
-
Price each
1 to 49
9,71 F
9,71 F
9,71 F
9,71 F
Volume 5 2013 5 315
Caster for
use with
aluminium
profile
es r
i
r
so ula
s
e
d
Acc mo ture 3
for truc -p.36
s 18
p.3
Articulated bracket
for aluminium
profile
p.320
Lock for
aluminium profiles
New
p.318
Caster for use with
aluminium profile
New
p.330
Lock for
aluminium profiles
New
p.332
Wheel for
aluminium profiles
New
p.342
Shaft support for

aluminium profile
Roller block
for aluminium
profiles
New
p.343
Profile mounting
strip brushes
New
p.344
Mini profilemounted adjusting
unit
p.355
p.348
Modular linear
guide system
p.358
Caster for use with aluminium profile

With brake
PRFroul
- Materials:
Casing : black polyamide
Double wheel: black polyamide
- Max. load: 30kg
ake
with br
.Uses.
- Light mobile tables
- Wheeled filing cabinets
- Furniture
.Assembly.
- T ap (M8) the central hole of the profile and screw
on the caster
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
PRF-ROUL/F
*Depending on availability
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Type
Caster with brake
318 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,08
Price each
1 49
9,71 F
Caster for use with aluminium profile

Without brake
PRFroul
- Materials:
Casing : black polyamide
Double wheel: black polyamide
- Max. load: 30kg
.Uses.
- Light mobile tables
- Wheeled filing cabinets
- Furniture
.Assembly.
- T ap (M8) the central hole of the profile and screw
on the caster
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
PRF-ROUL
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
(kg)
0,076
Type
Caster without brake
*Depending on availability
HPC
Price each
1 49
7,89 F
Volume 5 2013 5 319
Articulated bracket for use with aluminium profile

For loads up to 5000N
prfart
-C
annot be used as a hinge
- Materials:
Body/handle: grey powder coated
aluminium GD
Screw/locking piece: aluminium GD
.Uses.
Simple bracket
- Use for connecting profiles at any angle
- Use reinforcing structures or frames
Bracket with handle
- Allows components to be re-positioned
quickly
- Use for positioning control stations or
widgets
For heavy loads, use multiple profiles/brackets
PRF-ART
.Assembly.
- P lace the two parts of the bracket in required
positions
- Fix using the screws supplied
- Tighten using the handle (PRF-ART-P) or the
lateral screw (PRF-ART)
The joint cannot be taken apart once
assembled.
PRF-ART-P
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+

Part number
Simple bracket
Max.load
(N)
Weight
Price each
Stock*
(kg)
1 to 49
PRF-ART
5000
0,25
31,08 F
PRF-ART-P
1500
0,28
35,70 F
Bracket with handle
320 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Internal hinge pin for aluminium profile

PRFpiv
- S upplied with fixing kit
.Uses.
-D
oors
- P anels
- Sections of structures that need to move
.Assembly.
- S lide the pin to the required location in the
slot of the upper support profile and tighten.
Repeat for lower profile.
- Add the spacers
- Insert the other part of the pin into the
central hole at the top of the door profile,
repeat for bottom of door
- Assemble the door into the frame ensuring
the two parts of each hinge are in the
correct position. Tighten the 2 grubscrews
on each hinge
.Info..
- Max. load: 250N
Typical application
Part number
PRF-PIV
Type
Hinge pin
DISCOUNTS
Weight
(kg)
0,02
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
7,70 F
Volume 5 2013 5 321
Hinge for aluminium profile

Framing hinge
PRFcha
- Face mounting hinges
- Designed to support large doors and panels
- Allows profiles to be joined at any angle
- For heavy doors/panels, use multiple hinges
- Supplied with protective covers but not the fixing kit
PRF19-CHA
PRF32-CHA
PRF45-CHA
DISCOUNTS
Typical application

Part number
For profile
PRF-19-CHA
PRF19, PRF32
PRF-32-CHA
PRF19, PRF32, PRF45
PRF-45-CHA
PRF45
322 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Load
(N)
600
600
600
Weight
Stock*
(kg)
0,090
4
0,095
4
0,104
4
Price each
1 to 49
10,92 F
10,92 F
10,92 F
Hinge for aluminium profile

Removable hinge
PRFcha
- Hinges for removable doors and
panels
-H
inge position determines whether
door is removable
- Allows profiles to be joined at any
angle
- Supplied with covers and fixing kit
- Material:
Body: anodised aluminium
Pin: steel
.Assembly.
- F it onto the two profiles at a suitable
position using the fixing kit supplied
Arrangement 1 allows door/panel to
be removed
Arrangement 2 means door/panel
cannot be removed
DISCOUNTS
Mounting positions
Part number
PRF-19-CHA-D
PRF-32-CHA-D
PRF-45-CHA-D
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+

A B C D E M
For profile
40 46,5 19 23 12 M8
PRF19
40 59,5 19 36 12 M8 PRF19, PRF32, PRF45
40 72,5 19 49 12 M8
PRF45
HPC
Load

Price each
Stock*
(N)
1 to 49
400
10,79 F
400
4
10,79 F
400
4
10,79 F
Volume 5 2013 5 323
Closing mechanism for aluminium profiles

Double jointed stop
ACLbdb
- Rapid closing mechanism for doors
- Material
Black glass fibre reinforced nylon
Balls : stainless steel
.Advantages.
- S uitable for use with
NEW
.Info.
-N
(see PRF-ECL-M6 and BHC6)
5,4
40 57 74
28
37
47
37
29
23
16

Retaining
Part number
force (N)
ACL-BDB-25
25
Dimensions in mm
324 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
15
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 50+
Disc. List -5%
Weight
(g)
38
100+
On request
Price each
1 to 49
5,35F
Magnetic stop for aluminium profiles

Shuts using magnetism
ACLapa

- Material
Retaining force : 30-50N approx
.Advantages.
- Suitable for PRF aluminium profiles
.Info.
-N
- Not sold individually,
NEW
!
D
E
Locknut
A B
J
F
C
G
H
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 50+
Disc. List -5%

DIN921
Weight
B C
D E
F
G
H
J
(g)
Part number Locknut A
ACL-APA-20 M4x5
20 28 17 7,7 4,3
8
6
14
12
9
ACL-APA-30 M5x6
30 40 28 13,5 6,3 10,5 10
20
18,4
39
Dimensions in mm
HPC
100+
On request
Price each
1 to 49
3,57F
4,74F
Volume 5 2013 5 325
Spherical ended stop for aluminium profiles

Clip-in mounting
ACLbts
- Material
NEW
.Advantages.

- Mounts in any position
.Info.
-N
o mounting screws supplied (see PRFECL-M6 and BHC6)
6,5
16
SW13
26
37 47
7
11
10
28
12
M8
Locknut
20
DISCOUNTS

Part number

ACL-BTS-40/ZN
ACL-BTS-40/SS
ACL-BTS-50/ZN
ACL-BTS-50/SS
Dimensions in mm
Locknut

Chromed
Stainless steel 304
Chromed
Stainless steel 304
326 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Retaining
force (N)
40
40
50
50
Qty 1+ 50+
Disc. List -5%
Weight
(g)
45
45
45
45
100+
On request
Price each
1 to 49
4,45F
6,68F
4,45F
6,68F
Closing system for use with aluminium profiles

Accessories for spherical end stop
ACLbts
-R
ight angled bracket and spacer
for fast closing mechanism
.Advantages.
.Info.
-N
ot sold individually,
NEW
ACL-BTS-ET
ACL-BTS-EQ
28
16
48 37
6,2
ACL-BTS-ET
1
2
50
35
37
50
6,2
ACL-BTS-EQ
DISCOUNTS

Version
Material
Part number
ACL-BTS-ET
Spacer
Nylon
ACL-BTS-EQ
90 bracket
Chromed steel
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Qty 1+ 50+
Disc. List -5%
Weight
(g)
5
72,4
100+
On request
Price each
1 to 49
0,42F
2,49F
Volume 5 2013 5 327
Doorstop
PRFbp
Stop for swing type doors
- Clip-on stop
- Holds door closed when used with snap-bolt F-BP6D.
- Materials:
Stop: grey PA6 polyamide
Screw: electroplated steel
.Advantages.
- Can also be used to support RLX5 rollers
.Assembly.
-C
an be mounted on all PRF profiles using
the fixing kit supplied
- Requires PRF-BP-D snap bolt
PRF-BP
PRF-BP-D
Used as a doorstop
DISCOUNTS
Used to support a roller
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+

Weight Price each
Stock*
Part number
(kg)
1 to 49
Doorstop
PRF-BP
0,041
3,49 F
PRF-BP-D
0,013
1,36 F
Snap bolt
328 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Door handle for aluminium profile

With lock suitable for
PRFpgn
45x45 profile
- T o be used with cam PRF-45-CAM

- Materials:
Handle: grey polyamide
Cam: zinc plated steel
.Uses.
-U
se to secure doors and swinging safety
panels
.Assembly.
- Drill

22 hole in centre of the profile
- Insert the handle from the front and
secure using nut on the inside
- Attach the locking cam
Handle PRF-45-PGN
Poigne PRF-45-PGN
Cam PRF-45-CAM
DISCOUNTS
Example of use
Part number
PRF-45-PGN
PRF-45-CAM
Cam PRF-45-CAM
Weight
(kg)
0,195
0,160
Type
Door handle
Locking cam
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
4
4
Price each
1 to 49
23,04 F
0,67 F
Volume 5 2013 5 329
Handle for aluminium profiles

Ergonomic handle
PAP
- E rgonomic handle for use with
profiles
- Material:
NEW
.Advantages.
- Provides finger protection
- Suitable for use with
.Info.
PAP 135
-N
o mounting screws supplied (see PRFECL-M6 and BHC6 + CHC8 screw)
8,5
PAP 240
14
100
134
6
PAP 135
72
65
27
PAP 135
8,8
198
240
12,5
PAP 240

Part number

For screw
PAP-135
M8
PAP-240
M8
Dimensions in mm
330 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
100
19
SW13
38
Weight
(g)
114
356
80
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 50+
100+
Price each
1 to 49
5,12 F
22,30 F
Modular handle for aluminium profiles

Ends and tubes for creating custom handles ETP
- Interchangeable ends
- Material:
Ends : Black glass fibre reinforced nylon
Tubes : Carbon fibre, aluminium or
stainless steel
NEW
.Advantages.
-M
odular system allows assembly of tailor
made handles
30
A
B
Assembly using square tube TUBE
20
30,1
38
75
Assembly using PRF profiles
36
DISCOUNTS
105

Part number
Screw
A
L
B
End
ETP-B
M8
Anodised aluminium tube
ETP-200/AA
200
70
240,8
ETP-300/AA
300
170
340,8
ETP-400/AA
400
270
440,8
ETP-500/AA
500
370
540,8
Stainless steel tube
ETP-200/SS
200
70
240,8
ETP-300/SS
300
170
340,8
ETP-400/SS
400
270
440,8
500
370
540,8
ETP-500/SS
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Qty 1+ 50+
100+
Weight Price each
(g)
1 to 49
69,8
6,63 F
17
42
67
91
5,61 F
8,41 F
11,22 F
14,02 F
51
124
197
270
14,02 F
21,03 F
26,64 F
33,66 F
Volume 5 2013 5 331
Lock for aluminium profiles

Quick fitting and self locking
PRF-SRA
- Lock for use with MINITEC doors and covers
- Material :
GD aluminium, black zinc treated
- Barrel assembly with 2 keys
.Advantages.
NEW
- Also acts as a stop

- Suitable for use with doors without frames
.Assembly.
- Insert the nut in the lock and latch
- Drill 6.5mm through holes in the uprights
and door at 56mm spacing
- Tighten screw from the back face
75
50
M6
56
80
5
30
DISCOUNTS

Weight
(g)
Part number
PRF-SRA-80
550
Dimensions in mm
332 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Qty 1+ 50+
100+
Price each
1 to 49
47,05 F
Latch for aluminium profiles

Spring operated latch
- Spring operated latch for
aluminium profiles
- Material
Body : Zamak
Handle : Black nylon
Nut : Stainless steel
NEW
.Advantages.
ACLlpp
- S uitable for PRF aluminium

profiles
.Info.
-N
38
16
28
6,6
26,5 38
35
78
1,5
1,5
N
DISCOUNTS
Qty 1+ 50+
Disc. List -5%

N
Part number
ACL-LPP-78
8-10
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Weight
(g)
120
100+
On request
Price each
1 to 49
15,30 F
Volume 5 2013 5 333
Technical
support
ces
For all your questions

and requests for quotation
an
d=
To
ler
(
lae
mz
rm
Fo
Advi
ce
Detector support for aluminium profiles

Support for sensors from 6.5 to 12
ACLbmc
- Sensor/Detector holder
- Material:
.Advantages.
- S uitable for use with PRF aluminium profiles
- Important: mounting accessories should be
ordered separately
4,3
10
W!
NE
20
28
D
12
16
DISCOUNTS

Part number
Type
For screw
D
ACL-BMC-6
Support
6,5
ACL-BMC-8
Support
8
ACL-BMC-12
Support
12
ACL-BMC-EF Mounting accessories
M8
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Qty 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
Price each
(g)
1 to 49
5
1,78F
4,5
1,78F
4
1,78F
0,3
0,15F
Volume 5 2013 5 335
Support for 12mm Prox detector

Suitable for use with
PRFsdd
aluminium profiles
- S uitable for all 12mm proximity

detectors
.Use.
-A
llows a 12mm proximity detector to
be mounted on a profile or linear guide
.Assembly.
-M
ounts in the slot of a profile using the
fixing kit supplied.
30
Typical application
30
18
M4
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Part number
PRF-SDD-12
d
12
336 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight (g)
40
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
4,57 F
Support for 18 or 20mm Prox detectors

Suitable for use with
PRFsdd
aluminium profiles
- Suitable for all 18 or 20mm

proximity detectors
.Use.
-A
llows an 18 or 20mm proximity
detector to be mounted on a profile or
linear guide
.Assembly.
-M
ounts in the slot of a profile using the
fixing kit supplied
44
Typical application
40
18
20
20
M5
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Part number
PRF-SDD-18/20
Stock*
Weight (g)
50
HPC
Price each
1 to 49
5,58 F
Volume 5 2013 5 337
Cable cover
PRF45gou
For 45x45 profile
- T o be cut to length once supplied

- Material: aluminium
.Use.
- F or protecting and covering electrical cables
and pneumatic tubing installed on 45x45 mm
profiles
.Advantages.
- Clips on to PRF-CLIP-45 (supplied separately)
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
PRF45-GOU-3
Dimensions in mm
Length
(mm)
3000
338 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
0,32
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Price each
1 to 4
25,25 F
Accessories for cable cover

PRF45gou
- Material: grey ABS plastic
- Not sold individually, please contact us for
details
.Advantages.
Accessories for the neat installation and finishing
of the PR45-GOU-3 cable cover.
- Avoids the need for cutting angled joints
-Gives a professional finish
Cover
Cover PRF45-GOU-C
Angle
End cap
End cap PRF45-GOU-E
Angle PRF45-GOU-A
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Part number
PRF45-GOU-C
PRF45-GOU-E
PRF45-GOU-A
Type
Cover
End cap
Angle
HPC
Price each
1 to 49
1,75 F
1,68 F
3,57 F
Volume 5 2013 5 339
Cable clip
PRFclip
For electrical cables

and pneumatic tubing
- Material: grey PA6 polyamide
.Uses.
- Simple fastening of electric and pneumatic cables
.Assembly.
- Insert the clip into the profile and make a quarter
turn to secure it in place
- Insert a suitably sized LAS cable tie, position
the cable/tube and fully tighten the cable tie,
removing the excess material
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Typical application
Part number
PRF-CLIP-22
Type
Cable clip
340 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg)
0,002
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
1,28 F
Cable clip
PRFclip
Also used with cable cover

PRF45-GOU-3
- Material: grey PA6 polyamide
nk
LAS li
.Uses.
- F or attaching electrical cables and pneumatic
tubing
- Can also be used to secure the PRF45-GOU-3 cable
cover
.Assembly.
- Insert

the clip into the profile and make a quarterturn to secure it in place
- Insert a suitably sized LAS cable tie, position
the cable/tube and fully tighten the cable tie,
removing the excess material.
DISCOUNTS
Typical application
Part number
PRF-CLIP-45
Type
Cable clip
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
(kg)
0,004
HPC
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
1,96 F
Volume 5 2013 5 341
Wheel for aluminium profiles
Guide wheel
aclrp
-G
uide wheel for use in the slots of aluminium
profiles
- Integrated bearing
- Material:
Colour : RAL7032 (pebble gray)
.Advantages.
- Suitable for use with PRF aluminium profiles
.Info.
NEW
A-A
3,8
39
25,8 6
17,6
DISCOUNTS
Part number
ACL-RP-39

N
8
Dimensions in mm
342 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(g)
30
Qty 1+ 50+
Disc. List -5%
100+
On request
Price each
1 to 49
9,58F
Roller block for aluminium profiles
Create your own roller track
ACLerp
- Roller block for PRF aluminium

profiles
- Materials
Rollers : POM
- Exists in 2 versions,
with and without guide
- Max load : 100N each
.Advantages.
ACL-ERP-AG
ACL-ERP-SG
- Click to install
NEW
7,5
30
20 18
N
40
27
80
27
DISCOUNTS

Version
N
Part number
ACL-ERP-SG
Without guide rail
8-10
ACL-ERP-AG
With guide rail
8-10
Dimensions in mm
HPC
Qty 1+ 50+
100+
Weight
Price each
(g)
1 to 49
43
3,82F
48
4,33F
Volume 5 2013 5 343
Shaft support for aluminium profile

For attaching a guidance
PRFpsa
shaft to a profile
Z12
- Support profile for linear guide shafts
- Materials:
Profile: anodised aluminium E6/V1
Steel shaft: Cf53 hardened (62 +/-2 HRC) Stainless steel
shaft: hardened stainless steel X90CrMoV18 (57 +/-2 HRC)
Shaft end stop: g
rey power coated aluminium
(Fixing kit supplied)
.Assembly.
- Insert the shaft support profile into the profile slot
- Secure with M5x10 grubscrews
- Insert the shaft into the support profile with the aid of a
plastic mallet if necessary
.Accessories.
- Roller PRF-GAL-12
- Shaft end stop PRF-12-AA
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
DISCOUNTS SHAFTS Z
PRF-12-AA
PRF-12-PSA
Part number

For profile
Material
Length
Shaft support profile
PRF-12-PSA
all types
100+
Qty. 1+ 6+ 20+ 40+ 60+
Weight
Stock* Price each
(kg/m)
3000
0,36
22,85 F
Z-12-3000A
Z-12-3000B
steel
stainless steel
3000
3000
0,89
0,89
46,08 F
148,34 F
PRF-12-AA
0,03
6,20 F
Linear guidance shaft

Shaft end stop
344 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Roller wheel for aluminium profile

Roller for linear guiding
PRFgal
shaft
- Guiding wheel
- Double row bearing
- Roller PRF-GAL can compensate for small
amounts of backlash for parallel working
guidance systems
- PRF-GAL-12 is used with a 12mm guide shaft
such as Z-12-3000A or Z-12-3000B
- Material: steel
PRF-GAL
PRF-GAL-12
PRF-GAL-LRK
PRF-GAL-LRK
PRF-GAL-LRE
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
PRF-GAL-LRE

Load Weight
Stock*
Part number
Profile
Static (N)
Dynamic(N)
(kg)
Price each
1 to 49
PRF-GAL
PRF-GAL-12
Roller
Flat
Concave 12
5100
6000
8600
10500
0,060
0,068
27,77 F
20,63 F
concentric
Eccentric
0,100
0,100
4
4
12,91 F
16,02 F
Fixing kit for roller
PRF-GAL-LRK
PRF-GAL-LRE
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 345
Dual purpose strip and cover for aluminium profile

Inserts into profile slot
PRFpsp
PRFpr
.PRF-PSP dual purpose sealing strip.
Used for:
- With open side facing in; to close slots in the profile
- With open side facing out; to support panels up to 6mm
thick (Thin panels may require additional silicon or rubber
strip, not supplied)
Assembly: Clip in or slide from one end and cut to length.
.PRF-PR-2 cover.
Used for:
- Covering slots in profiles
- Electrical cables or tubing can be run in the slot
- Can be marked as a ruler
Assembly:
- Slide or push into slot, cutting to length with sheet metal
scissors
PRF-PSP
PRF-PR

Part number
Material
Dual purpose strip
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg/m)
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Stock*
Price each
1 to 49
PRF-PSP
Hard grey PVC
2000
0,25
3,98 F
PRF-PR-2
Aluminium
2000
0,28
8,60 F
Cover
346 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Screw block
PRFbv
For mounting additional

panels
- For the addition of panels with a wall thickness
of 2-6 mm
-C
an be used with all solid panels (not mesh grills)
- Allow 2mm for assembly (reduce panel size to leave
1mm on each side)
- Material: grey polyamide
.Assembly.
-M
ount the block in the profile slot at the required
position
- Offer the pre-drilled panels into the aperture
- Secure the panels using suitable M6 screws
- Note: Hole distance, 7.5-16mm from edge
DISCOUNTS
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+

Part number
For profile
PRF-BV
all types from PRF32
Weight
(kg)
0,01
HPC
Stock*
4
Price each
1 to 49
3,09 F
Volume 5 2013 5 347
Profile mounting strip brushes

Inserts into profiles with 8mm slots
STL
- F or sealing, guiding or carrying :
works with all 8mm deep profiles
- Single row of fibres
- Fibres made from Polyamide 6
- Body made from ABS
.Advantages.
NEW
- Clip-on, tool-free assembly

- Locking strips are held in the aluminium
profile thus offering longer working life
Position
12
8
8,5
1,5
Clip in
FH
DISCOUNTS

Part number
FH
STL2108-K1
10
STL2108-K7
20
STL2108-K14
30
STL2108-K16
50
Dimensions in mm
348 5 Volume 5 2013
Fibre
diameter
0,15
0,20
0,30
0,30
HPC
Qty 1+ 6+ 21+
Disc. List -10% -15%
Overall
length
1000
1000
1000
1000
Effective
length
992,8
992,8
992,8
992,8
50+
On request
Price each
1 to 5
14,32 F
14,71 F
15,39 F
16,30 F
Your parts
made to measure
Bore, keyway,
from samples...

cial2@hpceurope.com
Lip seal for panel

For 2mm thick panels
PRFjl
- Material: black EPDM
- Seal sold by the metre
2 mm
.Uses.
- For supporting and sealing 2mm thick panels in
profile slots
- S hould not be used with acrylic or polycarbonate
panels
.Assembly.
-
P lace the panel in the profile slot

Insert the lip seal
Press seal into place with suitable blunt tool
For panels thinner than 2mm, use 2 PRF-JL-6 seals
on either side of the panel instead.
.Info..
-M
ax length available 200m
- Panels: Add 25mm to height and width of aperture
to ensure panel will be supported correctly
DISCOUNTS
Assembly example
Part number
PRF-JL-2
Dimensions in mm
Type
Lip seal
350 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
0,092
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price per
metre
3,17 F
Lip seal for panel

PRFjl
- Material: black EPDM AGV
4 mm
.Uses.
- F or supporting and sealing 2-4mm thick panels in
profile slots
- Can be used with acrylic or polycarbonate panels
.Assembly.
- P lace the panel in the profile slot
- Insert the lip seal
- Press seal into place with suitable blunt tool
.Info..
-M
DISCOUNTS
Assembly example
Part number
PRF-JL-4
Dimensions in mm
Weight
(kg/m)
0,065
Type
Lip seal
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price per
metre
2,17 F
Volume 5 2013 5 351
Lip seal for panel

PRFjl
5 mm
.Uses.
- For supporting and sealing 5mm thick panels in
profile slots
-C
an be used with plexiglas or polycarbonate
panels
.Assembly.
.Info..
- Max length available 200m
- Panels: Add 25mm to height and width of
aperture to ensure panel will be supported
correctly
DISCOUNTS
Assembly example
Part number
PRF-JL-5
Dimensions in mm
Type
Lip seal
352 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
0,033
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price per
metre
1,89 F
Lip seal for panel

PRFjl
6 mm
.Uses.
- F or supporting and sealing 6mm thick panels in
profile slots
- Can be used with plexiglass or polycarbonate
panels
- Can also be used to support panels thinner than
2mm by using a seal on each side
.Assembly.
.Info..
-M
DISCOUNTS
Assembly example
Part number
PRF-JL-6
Dimensions in mm
Weight
(kg/m)
0,033
Type
Lip seal
HPC
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price per
metre
1,58 F
Volume 5 2013 5 353
Door seal for aluminium profile

PRFlis
-M
aterial: black NBR
- Hardness (Shore A) 70
- Flexible seal supplied by the metre
.Uses.
- S eals doors, panels and other assembled structures
against dust, water , noise pollution etc...
.Assembly.
- Insert the seal into the slot of the profile
1 When using 1 seal, leave a gap of 5-8mm 1
hen using seals on both profiles, a gap of
2 W
10-15mm is required 2
DISCOUNTS
Part number
PRF-LIS
Dimensions in mm
Type
Seal
354 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Weight
(kg/m)
0,14
Qty. 1+ 50+
100+
Price per
metre
6,20 F
Mini profile-mounted adjusting unit

On 19x32mm
MURP1932
support profile
-M
ini adjusting unit mounted on
PRF1932 support profile
Spindle VA M8 x 1.25
Brass carriage
Anodised aluminium support profile
Maximum load 1-2 kg
Maximum stoke 890mm
.Application.
- Positioning of lateral guides on conveyors
- Positioning of sensors or lighting bars
- For simple elements
.Assembly.
- T otally compatible with MINITEC PRF
profiles (See PRF aluminium profiles in
Volume 5)
- Can be installed using a standard
mounting bracket
19
20
32
20
45
DISCOUNTS
Typical application

Part number
MURP1932-100
MURP1932-200
MURP1932-300
MURP1932-400
MURP1932-500
MURP1932-600
MURP1932-700
MURP1932-800
MURP1932-890
Dimensions in mm
Stroke
(mm)
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
890
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Price each
Overall length
1 to 4
(mm)
205
427,27 F
305
435,35 F
405
443,40 F
505
451,44 F
605
459,47 F
705
467,56 F
805
475,59 F
905
483,65 F
995
491,71 F
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 355

On 19x45mm
MURP1945
support profile
-M
- Spindle VA M8 x 1.25
- Brass carriage
- Anodised aluminium support profile
- Maximum load 1-2 kg
- Maximum stoke 890mm
.Application.
.Assembly.
Volume 5)
mounting bracket
19
45
20
45
20
DISCOUNTS
Typical application

Part number
MURP1945-100
MURP1945-200
MURP1945-300
MURP1945-400
MURP1945-500
MURP1945-600
MURP1945-700
MURP1945-800
MURP1945-890
Dimensions in mm
356 5 Volume 5 2013
Stroke
(mm)
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
890
HPC
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Overall length
(mm)
205
305
405
505
605
705
805
905
995
Price each
1 to 4
427,27 F
435,35 F
443,40 F
451,44 F
459,47 F
467,56 F
475,59 F
483,65 F
491,71 F

On 45x45mm
MURP4545
support profile
-M
Spindle VA M8 x 1.25
Brass carriage
Anodised aluminium support profile
Maximum load 1-2 kg
Maximum stoke 890mm
.Application.
.Assembly.
Volume 5)
mounting bracket
45
20
45
45
20
DISCOUNTS
Typical application

Part number
MURP4545-100
MURP4545-200
MURP4545-300
MURP4545-400
MURP4545-500
MURP4545-600
MURP4545-700
MURP4545-800
MURP4545-890
Dimensions in mm
Stroke
(mm)
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
890
Qty. 1+ 5+
10+
Overall length
(mm)
205
305
405
505
605
705
805
905
995
HPC
Price each
1 to 4
451,44 F
462,18 F
472,90 F
483,65 F
494,39 F
505,10 F
515,83 F
526,55 F
537,29 F
Volume 5 2013 5 357
Modular linear guide system

SLM Motorised system - Introduction
This modular system consists of rollers, ball bearings and 12mm diameter precision XC55 steel shafts and
is designed to position long parts.
The slides contain 2 rows of rollers with their tracks have a rounded shape.
For heavy loads, the slides can be equipped with multiple rollers. The rollers are attached using a
coupling that does not require the use of any specific profiles whilst giving the assembly a high degree of
rigidity. Compensation for backlash can be obtained by using eccentric bushings.
Gearbox details
Accepts shafts or motors with 8, 11, 14-16
358 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Details of the slide

8mm motorised system
SLM8
- Linear guidance system completely
compatible with our modular structures
- Based on the use of a PRF4590 profile
- Maximum speed 10 m/sec
- 32 mm wide AT10 polyurethane belt
- 4 roller wheels
- Integrated belt idler
- 8mm pulley bore with keyway
- Motor shafts 8mm
- Travel: 190 mm/rev
.Accessories.
- Link plate PRF-PL
for 8mm shaft

+/-Fy
+/-Fz
+/-Mz
+/-My
+/-Mx
Maximum loads
Safety
Total
Stroke distance length
Part number H
SH
L (mm)
SLM8-200
200
20
790
SLM8-300
300
20
890
SLM8-400
400
20
990
SLM8-500
500
20
1090
SLM8-600
600
20
1190
SLM8-700
700
20
1290
SLM8-800
800
20
1390
SLM8-900
900
20
1490
SLM8-1000 1000
20
1590
SLM8-1500 1500
20
2090
SLM8-2000 2000
20
2590
SLM8-2500 2500
20
3090
SLM8-3000 3000
20
3590
Dimensions in mm
Max. loads
Max. Mx Max. My Max. Mz Max. Fy
(Nm)
(Nm)
(Nm)
(N)
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
HPC
Max. Fz
Price
(N)
each
1500 1 215,81 F
1500 1 232,64 F
1500 1 249,47 F
1500 1 266,29 F
1500 1 283,12 F
1500 1 299,94 F
1500 1 316,77 F
1500 1 333,60 F
1500 1 350,42 F
1500 1 434,54 F
1500 1 518,66 F
1500 1 602,81 F
1500 1 686,93 F
Volume 5 2013 5 359

SLM11
- 4 roller wheels
- Motor shafts 11mm
.Accessories.
- Link plate PRF-PL
for shaft 11mm

+/-Mz
+/-Fy
+/-Fz
+/-My
+/-Mx
Maximum loads
Safety
Total
Part number H
SH
L (mm)
SLM11-200 200
20
790
SLM11-300 300
20
890
SLM11-400 400
20
990
SLM11-500 500
20
1090
SLM11-600 600
20
1190
SLM11-700 700
20
1290
SLM11-800 800
20
1390
SLM11-900 900
20
1490
SLM11-1000 1000
20
1590
SLM11-1500 1500
20
2090
SLM11-2000 2000
20
2590
SLM11-2500 2500
20
3090
SLM11-3000 3000
20
3590
Dimensions in mm
360 5 Volume 5 2013
Max. loads

(Nm)
(Nm)
(Nm)
(N)
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
HPC
Max. Fz
Price
(N)
each
1500 1 215,81 F
1500 1 232,64 F
1500 1 249,47 F
1500 1 266,29 F
1500 1 283,12 F
1500 1 299,94 F
1500 1 316,77 F
1500 1 333,60 F
1500 1 350,42 F
1500 1 434,54 F
1500 1 518,66 F
1500 1 602,81 F
1500 1 686,93 F

SLM14
- 4 roller wheels
- Motor shafts 14mm
.Accessories.
- Link plate PRF-PL
+/-Fy
+/-Fz
for shaft 14mm
+/-Mz
+/-My
+/-Mx
Maximum loads
Safety
Total
Part number H
SH
L (mm)
SLM14-200 200
20
790
SLM14-300 300
20
890
SLM14-400 400
20
990
SLM14-500 500
20
1090
SLM14-600 600
1190
20
SLM14-700 700
20
1290
SLM14-800 800
20
1390
SLM14-900 900
20
1490
SLM14-1000 1000
20
1590
SLM14-1500 1500
20
2090
SLM14-2000 2000
20
2590
SLM14-2500 2500
20
3090
SLM14-3000 3000
20
3590
Dimensions in mm
Max. loads

(Nm)
(Nm)
(Nm)
(N)
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
HPC
Max. Fz
Price
(N)
each
1500 1 215,81 F
1500 1 232,64 F
1500 1 249,47 F
1500 1 266,29 F
1500 1 283,12 F
1500 1 299,94 F
1500 1 316,77 F
1500 1 333,60 F
1500 1 350,42 F
1500 1 434,54 F
1500 1 518,66 F
1500 1 602,81 F
1500 1 686,93 F
Volume 5 2013 5 361

SLM15
- Linear guidance system completely compatible
with our modular structures
- 4 roller wheels
- Motor shafts 15mm
.Accessories.
- Link plate PRF-PL
for 15mm shaft

+/-Mz
+/-Fy
+/-My
+/-Mx
+/-Fz
Maximum loads
Part number
SLM15-200
SLM15-300
SLM15-400
SLM15-500
SLM15-600
SLM15-700
SLM15-800
SLM15-900
SLM15-1000
SLM15-1500
SLM15-2000
SLM15-2500
SLM15-3000
Safety
Total
H
SH
L (mm)
200
20
790
300
20
890
400
20
990
500
20
1090
600
20
1190
700
20
1290
800
20
1390
900
20
1490
1000
20
1590
1500
20
2090
2000
20
2590
2500
20
3090
3000
20
3590
Dimensions in mm
362 5 Volume 5 2013
Max. loads

(Nm)
(Nm)
(Nm)
(N)
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
HPC
Max. Fz
Price
(N)
each
1500 1 215,81 F
1500 1 232,64 F
1500 1 249,47 F
1500 1 266,29 F
1500 1 283,12 F
1500 1 299,94 F
1500 1 316,77 F
1500 1 333,60 F
1500 1 350,42 F
1500 1 434,54 F
1500 1 518,66 F
1500 1 602,81 F
1500 1 686,93 F

SLM16
- 4 roller wheels
- Motor shafts 16mm
.Accessories.
- Link plate PRF-PL
for shaft 16mm

+/-Fy
+/-Fz
+/-Mz
+/-My
+/-Mx
Maximum loads
Safety
Total
Part number H
SH
L (mm)
SLM16-200 200
20
790
SLM16-300 300
20
890
SLM16-400 400
20
990
SLM16-500 500
20
1090
SLM16-600 600
20
1190
SLM16-700 700
20
1290
SLM16-800 800
20
1390
SLM16-900 900
20
1490
SLM16-1000 1000
20
1590
SLM16-1500 1500
20
2090
SLM16-2000 2000
20
2590
SLM16-2500 2500
20
3090
SLM16-3000 3000
20
3590
Dimensions in mm
Max. loads

(Nm)
(Nm)
(Nm)
(N)
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
79
120
202
3500
HPC
Max. Fz
Price
(N)
each
1500 1 215,81 F
1500 1 232,64 F
1500 1 249,47 F
1500 1 266,29 F
1500 1 283,12 F
1500 1 299,94 F
1500 1 316,77 F
1500 1 333,60 F
1500 1 350,42 F
1500 1 434,54 F
1500 1 518,66 F
1500 1 602,81 F
1500 1 686,93 F
Volume 5 2013 5 363
General terms and conditions of sale

Note. This translation of the original Engrenages HPC (Henceforth shortened to HPC) French terms
and conditions is offered as a guide only. In the case of any dispute, the French document will apply.
1- Application and acceptance of these general terms and conditions of sale
These terms and conditions of sale are made available to all HPC customers and are sent to every
customer placing an order. Consequently the act of placing an order with HPC implies complete
and unreserved agreement by the buyer to these general terms and conditions of sale, to the
exclusion of any other documents such as catalogues produced by the seller, which are provided
for information only and are merely intended as an indication, and despite any other information
marked on the customers order documents, the customers terms and conditions of purchase or in
any other document transmitted by the customer to HPC. Any conditions other than those relating
to products being manufactured to a customers specifications, applied by the buyer will therefore
by default be not accepted by the seller, regardless of when they may be brought to their attention
unless they have been confirmed in writing by the seller.
Only specifications relating to custom-made parts can modify these general terms and conditions.
The fact that the seller does not immediately apply any of the clauses in these terms and conditions
should not be interpreted as meaning that they may not do so at a later date.
2- Orders.
Orders must be placed in writing to HPC by the customer. Any order by telephone must be confirmed
in writing by the customer within 24 hours or the order will be cancelled. An order will only become
definitive and the sales contract confirmed when it is accepted by HPC, this acceptance taking the
form of an order confirmation sent to the customer or the delivery of the products ordered.
In case of any modification HPC may deem necessary to apply to the customers order and confirmed
in the order acknowledgment sent to the customer, the latter is assumed to have accepted
the modification unless HPC is advised in writing within 24 hours of receipt.
No order with a value lower than 20 Euros (before tax) will be accepted, this includes orders passed
at the trade counter at HPCs offices.
No order with a value lower than 150 Euros (before tax) will be accepted from customers outside of
France (EU countries included)
3- Modifications to orders
Any modification to, or cancellation of an order requested by the buyer cannot be taken
into consideration unless it is received in writing before the goods (for standard products)
are despatched or manufacture is started (for custom-made products) and acceptance of the
modification has been expressly confirmed by HPC in a fax addressed to the customer within 24
hours of the request. If either of these conditions is not fulfilled, the products ordered initially will be
sent and full payment will become due.
However, in the case of a standard parts order placed by a non-professional buyer, they may
exercise their right to retraction and cancel the order within 7 days after reception of
merchandise. Return carriage costs are to be paid by the buyer.
4- Prices
All prices mentioned in the catalogue are quoted without tax. VAT at the current rate, delivery and
packing charges as marked in the catalogue and any insurance to which the customer wishes to
364 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC

subscribe will be added to these prices. Different packaging options are detailed in the catalogue
and the most suitable will be chosen by HPC at time of shipment unless the customer has made
a prior request.
Unless stated to the contrary, products are sold at the price applicable the day the order is placed.
Prices quoted in the catalogue are those applicable on the date of publication marked on the cover
of said catalogue. HPC reserves the right to modify these prices at any time.
In the case of non-professionals purchasing by mail-order, prices are guaranteed for 2 months from
the date of publication of the catalogue
5- Delivery methods and despatch dates.
A- DESPATCH DATES
Items in stock on the date an order is accepted can be made available for collection or despatched
within a maximum of 72 hours. For catalogue items not in stock at the time the order is accepted
or for special items, an estimated despatch time will be sent to the customer when the order is
acknowledged.
Despatch dates are given as an estimate only and can by no means be used as the basis for any
claim for damages, charges for late delivery or interest; neither can they be used as justification for
delaying or cancelling of the order, whatever the cause, length or consequences of the delay may be.
HPC is released from its obligation to deliver the goods in the case of factors outside of their control
such as but not limited to; war, riots, fire, industrial disputes, natural disasters or failure of their
suppliers.
B- DELIVERY
Unless stated otherwise, delivery is carried out by the collection of the goods by customer from
HPCs premises in Dardilly 69570 (France) or by delivery a means of transport chosen by HPC or
the customer. Products are sold from Dardilly 69570 France (HPC premises) and are transported at
the risk of the customer, the goods remaining the property of HPC until full payment is received as
explained in Clause 10.
Unless otherwise agreed, goods are sold ex-works and transport is carried out at the customers
cost by a transport method chosen by HPC unless one has been specified by the customer.
In case of loss or damage during transit, it is the customers responsibility to contact the
transporter in writing by recommended letter or other legally accepted means within 3 days of
reception of the products (article L133-3 of the French Commercial Code)
HPC reserves the right to make partial deliveries from an order where necessary.
C- RECEPTION
Excepting claims for damaged goods made direct to the transport company concerned, any
complaints regarding differences between the products delivered and those products ordered or
identified on the delivery document, should be sent in writing to HPC within 30 days of receipt of
the goods.
It is the buyers responsibility to provide full proof of the existence of problems or faults with the
goods supplied. He must give the seller access and means to evaluate these problems and to remedy
them. He will not however attempt to repair any faults either directly or by the use of a third party.
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 365

HPCs guarantee is limited to the free replacement or repair of products or components that they
have agreed are faulty.
Any product for which the buyer wishes to invoke the guarantee must be returned to the sellers
customer service department whose agreement is essential for any replacement. Postage costs will
be charged to the buyer if the claim for replacement under guarantee clause is found not to be
applicable.
6- Methods of payment
Our invoices which will be sent at the same time as goods are despatched, are payable as follows:
On receipt, if goods are sold and collected from HPCs premises
30 days from the end of the month of the invoice date for other sales
in Euros, by cheque, credit card, bank transfer, or promissory note, the choice of method of
payment cannot change the payment due date.
No discounts are made for advance payments.
7- Late or non payment
If payment is not made within the period quoted above and after 8 days of receipt of a formal
notice of non payment, the customer will be liable for charges equivalent to an interest rate of one
and a half times the legal interest rate on the sum owed as well as any costs associated with the
final collection of the unpaid sum. Any claims by the customer do not exempt him from paying an
invoice on or before the due date. Non or partial payments will lead to the immediate requirement
for the customer to pay all sums outstanding to HPC, even if they are not yet due and whatever the
intended method of payment might be.
8- Guarantee
HPC guarantees the customer against defects that appear in the products sold under the conditions
stipulated in article 1641 of the French Civil Code.
For products made to a customers specifications, HPCs responsibility is limited to manufacturing
items that conform to the specifications supplied but does not guarantee their functionality or
suitability for any application the customer may use them for. The customer is solely responsible for
the information transmitted to HPC.
For standard products, HPC guarantees their conformity to the specifications quoted in the
catalogue. HPCs responsibility and/or the implementation of the guarantee owed by HPC cannot
take place more than 30 days after receipt of the goods by the customer. Any claim under the
guarantee will be limited to an amount equal to the price paid for the product. In no case can
damage caused by a product marketed by HPC be a reason to any claim for damages.
In the event that a product manufactured to a customers specification infringes the rights of a third
party, the customer accepts responsibility for refunding all the costs (procedure, claims, damages,
lawyers expenses, other advisors...) suffered by HPC and will actively cooperate at his own expense
in the defence of the latter.
The guarantee will be considered void if products have been modified or interfered with in any way
by the customer without prior written agreement from HPC or if the products have been used in any
abnormal way or under unsuitable conditions taking into account their characteristics and normal
applicable uses and standards (in particular in the event of use or installation in any aerial or rocket
engine for which the products are completely unsuited)
366 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC

9- Return of material
Every returned product must be the subject of a formal written agreement between the HPC and
the customer by fax or by mail. Any product returned without this prior agreement will be stored on
behalf of the customer but will not oblige HPC to provide a refund or replacement. This agreement
is not however necessary when a non-professional buyer exercises his right to retraction as provided
for by French law.
In any event, no product returned more than 30 days after receipt of the product by the customer
will be accepted. The cost of returning a product is always the responsibility of the purchaser
and the risk in the product remains with him. Any returned product must be addressed to HPCs
registered office. The choice of transporter will be made by HPC.
Products that are returned will be subject to formal inspection for both quality and quantity. Once
accepted by HPC, a Credit Note for the value of the products valid for duration of six months will
be issued. However, the right of a non-professional buyer to return goods for a refund remains
unchanged, so long as the products are safely returned to HPC.
In the case of an obvious defect or the delivery of the wrong product, once accepted by the seller,
the buyer will either receive at the discretion of HPC, replacement products or a refund, no other
charges or penalties will be accepted.
10- Retention of ownership
The transfer of property in any standard or custom-made part is subject to the full payment of the
invoice, payment is understood to take place the day funds reach HPCs bank account.
The prevision above do not prevent the risk in the product passing to the customer (in particular
risk of loss, deterioration, and damage caused by the parts) once the parts have been dispatched
or delivered by HPC.
If a customer supplies a product for modification, repair or to be used as a model, the customer
remains the owner of the original product and is responsible for the cost of their transport to and
from HPC. The customer also accepts all risks related to their transport, any possible modification
by HPC, and any damage that might be caused.
11- Applicable law - Court of jurisdiction
Sales concluded with HPC are controlled by French law.
Any dispute which may arise between the two parties relating to the interpretation and/or execution
and/or termination of the contract will be brought before tribunals of the jurisdiction where the
registered office of HPC is located, even in the event of an introduction of third parties or multiple
defendants.
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 367
Part number
203R
712
Volume
1 2 3 4 5
PERIFLEX
handle
Page Part number

2 66
1 78 80 1 87,95
4 42, 202
AAG, ABG toothed bar
4 167
AB
anti-backlash wormwheel
5 194 197
antistatic brush
ABL
ABM
anti-backlash wormwheel 4 158 159
anti-backlash wormwheel 4 166
ABS
1 112 113
hook
AC
2 112
splined shaft
ACA
5 301 343
angle bracket
ACL New
1 145 147
bonnet fastener
ACM
4 43, 203
ADG, ASG toothed bar
1 298 299
eye bolt
ADL
2 76
Rigid coupling
AF
AFM, ASM Iglidur cylindrical polymer bush 3 28 33
2 50 53
AK, AKD, AKN coupling Gerwah
2 144 146
power supply DC
ALI
5 127 129
APB, APB BOU Adjusting rod
4 193
Plastic flexible rack
ARL
4 66 77
Timing pulley
AT
4 64 65
Toothed bar
AT
4 78 79
Timing belt
AT
4 80
Timing belt per metre
AT-M
4 81
Connecting plate
AT-P
1 220 221
Elasto mount
AT-ZY
4 80
Imperial pulley
A-W
3 199
Aluminium shaft
AWMP
1 224 227
A-ZY(ss)
cylindrical mount
B, B/Eco
B332
B3PAN
BAB
BAG
BAP
BAN New
BBP
BC
BCA
BCH
BCM
BDP New
BEF, BEK New
4 116 117, 122 123

Bevel gear
2 271
Reducer
2 35
Panamech Multi-Beam
1 28 39
clamping pin
locking assembly 2 106 107, 111
clamping collar 2 104 105 5 92 93
5 55
Angular clamp
3 76
plastic thrust bearing
2 32 33
Panamech Multi-Beam
2 113
splined bush
1 93
mushroom knob
5 178 183
cylindrical brushes
5 25 27
Holding arm
miniature leadscrew 3 280 281
368 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Volume 1 2 3 4 5 Page
1 344
BETA New spring pin
1 326
shaft locking washer
BFA New
3 273, 276 5 35
flanged nut
BFM
2 38 39
coupling OLDHAM
BG(C)
single housed bearing assembly 3 64 67
BH
socket head button screw 1 408
BHC
5 60
ball transfer unit
BISF
2 218 241
BL, BLH, BLHT right angle helical
2 222 238
BLHB, BLHO, BLHI right angle helical
2 223 242
right angle helical
BLHM
1 56
spring loaded plunger
BLM
5 252
doorstop
BLOC
1 348 349
BOX-DH, BOX-DHX dowel pin
1 390 391
self tapping insert
BOX-INS
1 346 347
BOX-KK, BOX-KU key
1 350 351
BOX-P, BOX-SAP spring pin
1 57 59
spring plunger
BPM
5 61
ball transfer unit
BPOM
3 48 50
BPF, BPFL, BPP flanged bearing
5 152 153
end cap
BPTR
5 254
panel holder
BRI
2 30 31
Panamech Multi-Beam
BS
3 284
ballscrew bearing unit
BSB
1 54 55
spring plunger
BSM
compact precision slide 3 130 135
BSP
BSPM New miniature leadscrew 3 278 279
5 126
single rod clip
BSPT
5 154 156, 244
end cap
BTC
BTE, BTE(ss) universal tension arm 4 110 111
5 62
ball transfer unit
BTEU
5 58 59
BTEU, BTHD ball transfer unit
shaft and bush splined 2 114 117
BUC
2 139
gearboxes
BUH
5 253
panel stop
BUT
compact precision shaf 3 136 141
BWU
1 228 231
B-ZY(ss) cylindrical mount
CAB
CAP
CC, CT
CCL(ss)
CD
CDR
CF(S), CFES
cable
plate chain
locking assembly
wire thimble
compression spring
cable for clamping pin
came follower
1 266 267
5 72 79
2 108 109
1 268 269
1 160 171
1 38
3 255 256
1 53
spring loaded
CFC
3 257
CFCL New came follower
3 107, 109
CFF(ss)
rod end
3 252 254
came follower
CFU
5 206 217, 260 262
hinge
CHA
5 154 161
CHAEU New decorative hinge
5 225
CHAFR New adjustable friction hinge
5 218 224
hinge
CHA-R
1 400 405
socket head screw
CHC
2 282 295
CHM, CHMR reducer
CHM-BR, CHM-X arm and shaft 2 296 297 5 112
CHM-MOT motor-reducers AC 2 160 163 5 110 111
straight long link chain 1 288 289
CHN(ss)
asynchronous AC motor 2 155 159
CHT
2 272 275
right angle helical
CHTRB
2 276 281
right angle helical
CHTRP
1 98 101
CLA, CLB indexing handle
moulded spur gear 4 238, 256, 270, 280, 288
CLG
3 116 117
clevis components
CLM(ss)
3 114
clevis components
CLS, CLP
3 115
CLL, CLLP clevis components
3 118
CLS(ss), CLP(ss) clevis components
1 296 297
chape
CMA
3 106, 108
CMM(ss) rod end
4 188
imperial section rack
CR
imperial section rack 4 196 197
CRM
1 316 319
locking assembly
CS, CSH
3 98 99
spherical bearing
CSS(ss)
telescopic universal joint 2 88 89
CT, CTH
1 222 223
diabolo mount
CT-ZY
1 324 325
circlip
CX, CY
Part number
Part number
DOMi
DP
DR
DSF
DST, DT
D-ZY
Volume
1 2 3 4 5
adjustable slide
dowel pin
flexible rack
clutche
pinion shaft
elasto buffer
Page
3 326 343
1 340 341
4 192
2 100 101
4 168 171
1 232 238
reducer
E
rivet nut
EAS
u bolt
EBM
well nut
ECF
ECPR New high helix leadscrew
support bracket
EDS
Igubal flange unit
EFSM
fixing support
EFTC
coaxial reducer
EHD
stainless steel u bolt
EiM
coupling GERWAH
EKN
EMS, EML, EMR thumb screw
spring pin
EP
quick fitting cable
ERC
ESCB, ESSB bipod
tripod
ESST
extension spring
ET
E-X, E-DX output shaft
cylindrical buffer
E-ZY
2 210 216
1 372 375
1 314
FB, FB/Eco
FBL
FDS(Q)
FF
FGWA
FHC
FiB
FiRST
FR New
FRT
FS
FTSN
FU
4 120, 126
5 184 190
2 68 71
1 172
spring in metre
D
4 118, 124
DB, DB/Eco bevel gear
2 34
Panamech Multi-Beam
DBC
5 100 103
idler
DBL
5 17 19
DCA, DCG, DFG suction cup
4 162 165
double spur gear
DG
3 102 105
rod end
DGS
1 337 339
dowel pin
DH
1 342 343
dowel pin
DHX
1 42 45
DiL, DiA, DiV locking bolt
1 238 239 G, GD
D-KON, D-PAR(ss) elasto buffer
2 48 49 G
coupling GERWAH
DKN
2 140 143 GA, GSi
motor-reducer DC
DOG
GAL
HPC
bevel gear
brush strip
flexible shaft
reducer
end support
countersunk screw
motor-reducer AC
servo amplifier
thread inserts
rotary damper
spring washer
supported shaft
nut for bearing
1 219
3 261
5 133
3 61
5 251
2 250 255
1 315
2 46 47
1 89 92
1 330 333
1 274 275
5 157 159
5 83
1 174 183
2 217
1 236 237
2 244 249
3 205
1 406 407
2 152 153
2 148 149
1 378 381
1 208 210
3 89
3 198
3 86 87
2 82 83
universal joint
4 204 291
spur gear
gas spring 1 201 205 5 226 229
conveyor wheel 5 46 47, 49, 51, 94 97
Volume 5 2013 5 369
Part number
GB
GBS
GCA, GCT New
GCB
GDR
GE
GE
GG
GGB
GGP
GLB
GLP
GLT
GMC, GMK
GP
GPB
GR
GTC, GTC(ss)
Volume
1 2 3 4 5
Page Part number
4 216, 230, 239

brass spur gear
3 283
nut for ballscrew
1 328 329
spring pin
5 106 107
curved track
5 104 105
straight track
1 108 110
toggle latch
3 94 97
spherical bushing
4 448 457
ground spur gear
1 82
wing knob
1 83
wing knob
1 84
small 6 lobe female handle
1 85
small 6 lobe male handle
5 234 241
telescopic slide
5 118 125
guide
1 111
toggle latch
1 86
threaded spherical knob
centerless ground shaft 3 25 5 48, 99
4 102 103
belt tension rollers
Volume
1 2 3 4 5
Page
KB-OP
KGLM
KGS
KH
KIT New
KK(ss)
KM
KR
KS
KSM
KSTM
3 215
linear bearing
3 101
Igubal spherical bearing
3 282
ballscrew
3 206
linear bearing
2
24 V dc motorisation kit 134 135
1
keysteel
322 323
3 80
bearing locknut
3 249
plastic cam follower
1 321
keysteel
3 270
cylindrical nut
3 62 63
Igubal block bearing
LA
LAC
LAT
LB(E)
LC
LF New
LFM
LINK
LPR New
LOQ
LR
LRH
LRM
LRR
LRX
LSAG
LSM
LVT
LWL, LWH
3 323 325
linear table
1 102 103
came lever
3 292 297
linear actuator
3 208
miniature linear bearing
2 98 99
clutche
3 84 85
bearing accessories
3 262 263, 274 5 34
leadscrew
2 154
motor-reducer AC
3 260
high helix leadscrew
5 257
manual lock
3 82 83
precision locknut
3 266
leadscrew
3 272, 275
trapezoidal nut
1 134 135
spring loaded latch
3 164 171
linear roller slide
precision linear rotary 3 122 129
3 264 265
leadscrew
miniature motorised actuator 3 298 305
3 142 163
linear ball slide
needle roller universal joint 2 84 85

H, HD
4 316 326
helical gear
H
3 240
half rail guide
HBM
1 414 415
HC
set screw
HCV, HRV v-rail guidance system 3 246 247
3 75
one way needle bearing
HFL
3 214, 217
HFMC, HFMCN linear bearing New
4 296 300
spur gear
HG, HPG
manual locking clam 3 174 177
HK
1 76 77
handwheel
HLU(T)
1 352 353, 358
HS, HSE, HSB spacer
1 394 395
shoulder screw
HSS
4 18 19
toothed bar
HTD
M
4 20 28
timing pulley
HTD
2 90
cover for universal joint
M
3 238 239
HTS, HTT, HW half rail guide
4 139 157
worm
and
wheel set
M, PM
1 280 281
I
MAC(ss) New carabiner
1 94
3 112 MAN
lever
180 ball and socket joint
IBJ
2 136 137
4 172 180 MAX
internal gear
motor-reducer DC
IN
1 384 389 MB
3 81
insert
stop washer
INS
shock absorber
1 215
MC
J
1 392
sleeves
2 256 262 MCL
coaxial reducer
J, XJ
5 54 55
brush panels
2 86 87 MCS
universal joint
JCD, JCS
4 131
JFM, JSM Iglidurcylindrical polymer bush 3 26 27 MDB, MTB bevel gear
2 150
potentiometre
MDPOT
K
1 276 277
MDR(ss) dee shackle
3 209 2011
KB, KBS, KBWW linear bearing
5 132
MDS New hub clamp
370 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
4 130
bevel gear
MEB
1 62
cylindrical handle
MEP
Metafram cylindrical bush 3 34 41

MET(C)
1
217
shock absorber flange
MF
2 42 45
bellows coupling
MFB(S)
4
132
MFB, MHB bevel gear
MGS New support brush 5 52 53,176 177
1
64 66
MH, MHQ arm with handle
2 36 37
MHS, MHW coupling
1
sleeves
360 361
MHX
1 278 279
bow shackle
MLY(ss)
1
spacer
354
357, 359
MPB, MPE, MPS
4 186 187
MR(S), MMR rack
1 290 291
MRA(ss)-Eco quick link
1 292 293
MRA(ss) quick link
mini-profile mounted adjusting unit 5 355 357
MURP
Part number
2 147
servo amplifier
NANO
3 250
cam follower
NAST
5 246 250
connector
NCT
5 22 123
NDS New adjustable clamp
1 419
self locking nut
NIN
5 148
adjustable clamp
NJM
Drylin N miniature guiding system 3 178 181
NK, NW
5 144 146
NPCR, NPR, NSA adjustable clamp
5 139 143
NPTF, NPTR adjustable clamp
NSB, NSO linear bearing housing 3 218, 220
NSKB New Drylin N miniature guidance 3 182

5 147
adjustable clamp
NSR
2 263 269
coaxial reducer
NT, NH
1 409 413
set screw
NTM
OP
indicators
1 150 157 5 30 33
2 184 206
reducer
P
1 327
self locking counter nut
PAL
1 253
PAM, PAMF articulated foot
1 250, 252
articulated foot
PAMF
articulated foot 1 263 5 164 165
PAT
1 254
vibration dampening foot
PAV
3 68 69
plastic ball bearing
PB
4 356357
precision bevel gear
PBG
conical flexible mount 1 261 262
PCF
1 96 97
handle
PCLA
5 138
cell carrier assembly
PCP
4 90 95
chaine sprocket
PCS(ss)
1 382 383
PCW New filet rapport
motorised linear slide 3 346 359
PDU
2
reducer
185 205
PF
1 242
fixed rubber foot
PFC
2 54
coupling P-Flex
PFL
1 258
articulated foot
PFM
4 204 291
spur gear
PG
folding cylindrical revolving 1 63
PGR
4 386 387
PGRR, PGRS precision rack
5 258
sliding profil
PGT
4 460471
precision helical gear
PHG
1 362 366
PLB, PLN, PLS cylindrical spacer
1 138
magnetic stud
PLC, PLT
PLM, PLA magnetic stud New 1 140 144
flexible machine mount 1 259 260
PMC
2 64 66
coupling PERIFLEX
PNA
1 104
carrying handle
PO, PX
5 255
handle
PO
2 207 209
reducer
PP
1 46
clamping pin
PPD
1 47
clamping pin
PPF
1 311
precision pinion shaft
PPS
precision pinion shaft 4 390 395
PPS
articulated foot 1 244 247 5 160 395
PR
5 86 91
idler sprocket
PR
5 37 41
manual bench press
PRES
5 266 354
profile
PRF
5 108 109
PRL, PRZ wear strip
1 254 256
articulated foot
PRS
3 344 345
rotary table
PRT
3 88
precision stainless shims
PS
4 396 422
PSG, PSG-H precision spur gear
4 424 437
PSG-DL, PSG-PK precision spur gear
4 398 423
PSG-S, PSG-SL precision spur gear
4 440 447
PSG-HC, PSG-HCK precision spur gear
5 259
panel accessories
PSP
5 80 85
drive sprocket
PT
4 47 55
timing pulley
PT
1 250, 252
articulated foot
PTAF
1 248 249, 251
levelling foot
PTA(ss)
1 287
threaded eye hook
PTB(ss)
4 15, 17
detachable V belts
PTP
PTR, PTR(ss) Idler chain sprocket 4 108 109
Part number
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 371
Part number
Volume
1 2 3 4 5
Page Part number
5 28 29 SC2 New
suction finger
worm-precision range 4 360 382 SCA, SCE
wheel-precision range 4 361 383 SCH
2 222 SCR
output shaft
precision helical gear 4 472 481 SDA, SDB
Q6
QFM, QM
QTC New
3 70 71
radial bearing
Oilite cylindrical bush 3 42 46
clip on quarter turn latch 5 200 201
Q
R
4 184
rack
R
1 186 193
die spring
R
5 116 117
roller guide
RAG
5 44 45
RAG-FLOW roller track
3 113
90 ball and socket joint
RAS(ss)
1 194 197
dynamic washer
RBS
1 416
RCC, RCX self aligning washer
1 286
RDC(ss) New rigging screw
2 40 41
coupling ROTEX GS
RGS
1 367 371
rivet
RIV
5 230 233
sealing strip
RJA
3 224
RJZM, RJUM Drylin bearing
Rollring chain tensioner 4 106 107
RLR
5 50
free running conveyor roller
RLX
1 216
shock absorber
RMSA
3 251
cam follower
RNAST
5 63 64
ROB, ROS caster
5 65 66
ROCPL, ROCTR caster
5 67 69
ROE, RES, RES(ss) caster New
3 285
RPB
4 29 37
timing belt
RPP
4 38
connecting plate
RPP-P
centerless ground shaft 3 24 5 98
RSH
2 124 129
RT(T), RTL locking assembly
2 62 63
coupling ROTEX
RTE
2 58 61
RTK, RTN coupling BoWex
S
S, SF
S2B, S2O
SA(KH)
SAS
SBR, SUA
SBS
4 86 89
chain sprocket
stainless steel ball bearing 3 72 74
linear bearing housing 3 219, 221
3 207
linear bearing housing
4 96 97
clutche
4 96 97
chain per metre
chain per metre stainless steel 4 98 99
372 5 Volume 5 2013
HPC
Volume
1 2 3 4 5
Page
2 77
rigid coupling
1 270 273
cable clamp
1 127
toggle clamp
5 21
suction cup threaded insert
1
locating bolt support bracket 40 41
5 134 135
support bracket
SDG(ss)
1 125 126
SEH, SEV toggle clamp
5 256
magnetic doorstop
SER
3 110 111
SFE, SME rod end Unibal
3 204
end support
SFWR
1 114 121
SGV, SRG adjustable latch
4 304 314
helical geer
SH
1 68 70
handwheel
SHA
1 418
nut
SHN
1 396 399
SHS, SHSS shoulder screw
3 318 321
SHTC, SHTP Drylin linear table
1 417
washer
SHW
1 81
star knob
SK
3 271
hexagonal nut
SKM
1 48 49, 52
SLB(ss), SLBS clamping pin
1 50 51
SLBW(ss) index bolt
1 122 124
SLH, SLV toggle latch
1 130 131
SLHH, SLHV toggle clamp
3 350 353 5 358 363
SLM
guide
SLS
trapezoidal rolled leadscrew 3 277
1 132 133
SLVV, SLVH toggle clamp
3 225
linear table
SMLS
5 166
levelling support
SPIT
4 185
rack
SR
1 334 336
slotted spring pin
SRP
4 191
plastic flexible rack
SRS
stainless steel bevel gear 4 128
SSB
4 129
SSDB, SSTB, SSFB stainless steel bevel gear
3 100
Unibal spherical bearing
SSE
stainless steel spur gear 4 217 273
SSG
1 218
elasto buffer
STC
5 119, 348
guidance brush
STL
4 14, 16
detachable V belt
STL
5 191 193
sealing brush strip
STRIP
3 47
stroke rotary bush
STU
2 118
locking assembly
SUP
1 112 115
adjustable latch
SVG
3 306 317
SVT, SVR screwjack New
4 138 156
worm
SW(H)
PV
PW, PSW
PWG
P-X, P-DX
PXHG
Part number
Volume
1 2 3 4 5
Page Part number
4 44 46
toothed bar
T
4 57 61
timing belt
T
4 47 55
timing pulley
T
1 173
spring in metre
T
4 62
timing belt per metre
T-M
4 63
connecting plate
T-P
1 184 185
torsion spring
T0
1 282 283
rigging screw
TAC(ss)
1 243
plastic foot
TAD
3 77 79
axial thrust bearing
TB(ss)
4 119, 125
TB, TB/Eco bevel gear
1 284 285
rigging screw
TCC(ss)
2 164
speed drive controller
TEL
4 105
tensioner plate
TFR New
1 393
threaded bar
TIF
3 212
linear bearing
TK
3 216
linear bearing
TK-OP
5 20
suction cup threaded insert
TM
4 104
TMR New tensioner plate
5 130 131
TOC, TOL swivel head
4 112
universal tension arm
TPX
4 189 191
TR(M), TRM(ss) rack
3 172 173
Drylin linear slide
TS, TW
2 119 123
locking assembly
TTQ
5 245
square tube
TUBE
2 78 80
universal joint
U
flange bearing 3 52, 56, 59 5 169, 172
UCF
flange bearing 3 53, 57, 60 5 170, 173
UCFL
block bearing 3 51, 55, 58 5 168, 171
UCP
3 54
take up bearing
UCT
3 357
UGAC, UGET actuator guide kit
3 356
actuator guide kit
UGCG
3 358 362
H type guide unit
UGH
3 354 255
UGPC, UGPL actuator guide kit
UtiliTrack linear guide 3 226 235
UTK
V3RA
VAP
VKM
VLBG New
VLBS, VRBS
VML
VMS
handwheel
magnetic stud
square nut
hoist ring
hoist ring
set screw
set screw
VPRAM
VRBG New
VRC
VRM
VRS(ss)
VT(A)
Volume
1 2 3 4 5
handwheel
hoist ring
retaining clamp
hoist ring
hoist ring
clutche
Page
1 67 5 36
1 309
1 136 137
1 305
1 302 304
2 94 95
4 138 156
worm and wheel
W(H)
1 310
hoist ring
WBG
3 269
flanged nut
WFRM
WJRM New Drylin W modular guidance 3 196 197
3 268
cylindrical nut
WSRM
3 184-195
WS,WW,WJUM Drylin W rail New
WSS(SS) symmetrical S shaped hook 1 294 295
XG
XJ/J
spur gear
coaxial reducer
YG
spur gear
Y
Z
shaft for linear guide

ZA, ZB
bevel gear
ZB
ZDB, ZTB, ZFB bevel gear
spur gear
ZG, ZPG
spur gear
ZGDR
helical gear
ZH
ZHG, ZHPG spur gear
internal gear
ZIN
ZM, ZPM worm and wheel
rack
ZR
helical gear
ZSH
ZSW, ZW worm and wheel
4 226 293
2 256 262
4 226 293
3 200 201
4 133 134
4 135
4 228 295
4 194 195
4 317 325
4 297 301
4 172 180
4 139 157
4 198
4 305 313
4 138 156
1 71 73
1 139
3 267
1 308
1 306 307
1 91
1 88
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 373
Index by name
Anchor
Anti-backlash
Arm
Assembly
ball knobs
ball transfer unit
bar
bearing
belt
belt V
bevel
bipod
block
bolt
bonnet fastener
boxed set
bracket
brake
brush
brush panels
374 5 Volume 5 2013
Volume Page
for aluminium profil
spur gear
wormwheel
holding
rotating handle
universal tension
assembly element
cell carrier
female
keysteel
accessories for bearing
block bearing
DryLin W hybrid bearings
flanged bearing
for ball
housed
trapezoidal rolled leadscrew
thrust bearing
spheric
metre
T-type timing belt
timing pulley
detachable
bevel gear
support base
screw block
manual
key
pin
insert
for aluminium profile
for motor-gearboxes
antistatic
cylindric
for ensuring an internal seal
sealing brush strip
guidance
Mink Guard
for material handling
HPC
312 313
166 167
158 159
25 27
64 66
110 111
104 129
138
87
56 62
321 323
80 90
51 63, 168 173
196 197
48 50
68 75
64 67
218 224
277
76 79
94 101
37, 62, 80
57 61, 78 79
29 36
14 17
116 135
356 357
157 159
280 281, 284 286
218 221
347
314 315
145 147
346 347
348 351
390 391
304 307
150
194 197
178 183
184 190
191 193
118 119
176 177
55 64
Index by name
bush
button
Cable
Cable clamp
Cable clip
Cam
Carabiner
Carriage
Caster
Catch-plate
Chain
Circlip
Clamp
Clamp lever
Clamping pin
Clevis
Clutch
Connection
Control knob
Conveyor
Corner reinforcement
Coupling
Volume Page
26 46
206 217
47
93
46 52
86 87, 95
78 81
254
for linear movement

linear and rotary
mushroom
clamping pin
knobs
knurled knob
panel holder
guiding profile clamp
single rod clip
galvanised
for came follower

steel
adjustable
UtiliTrack 3 wheel
linear motorised system
for use with aluminium profile
industrial
for latch
cable-carrier
staight long link
per metre
wide plate
hose
self-centering
with threaded insert
stainless steel
square tube
manual
components
BoWex curved tooth gear
flexible bellows
flexible coupling
for servo-motors torque
friction clutch
GERWAH
miniature
OLDHAM
HPC
123 125, 308

126
266 267
270 273
340 341
257
280 281
139 148
230 231, 234 235

351 353
318 319
64 71
134 135
289
288 289
96 98
72 79
324 325
316 319
118 129
96 101
94
28 39
114 115, 117
94 101
246 250
150 157
152 173
309
58 61
42 53
36 37
30 54
94 101
46 53
46 49
38 39
Volume 5 2013 5 375
Index by name
cover
dampener
door seal
doorstop
End cap
Eye bolt
Eye screw
Fixing
Floor anchor
Follower
Foot
Free running
gas spring
gear
D
E
gearbox
376 5 Volume 5 2013
Volume Page
PANAMECH - MULTIBEAM
PERIFLEX
rigid
ROTEX
ROTEX GS
single universal joint
transmission
for open channel profile
rotary
for square tube

anchoring bracket
belt tension rollers
conveyor wheel
follower came
anchor foot for aluminium profile
bipod or tripod
support
vibration dampening
for gravity roller conveyors
anti-backlash
bevel gear
crossed helical
delrin precision spur gear grade 8
double spur
ground spur gear
internal
parallel helical axes
precison crossed axes grade 7
precison helical parallel axes grade 7
precision spur gear grade 6
precision spur gear grade 7
shaft
spur
inline spur gear reducer
internal epicyclic
miniature
HPC
30 35
64 66
76 77
62 63
40 41
78 91
58 73
288
378 383
354
252
152 156, 244

298 311
296 297 114 118
314 375
290 295, 308
310
102 103
46 47, 49, 51
249 257
345
311
157 159
242 262, 160 166
263
50
201 205, 226 229
166 167
116 135
316 326
424 437
162 165
448 457
172 180
304 314
356 357
472 481
460 471
440 447
396 423
168 171
202 301
256 269
250 255
271
Index by name
Gearbox
Volume Page
right angle reducer
spur gear reducer
worm and wheel gear
210 242, 271 281

244 249
184 209, 282 297
248 298 363 492 364
actuator guide kit
354 362
Guiding
Drylin W
184 197
half-rail
236 243
Guiding
linear
122 257
modular linear
358 363
rotary motion
24 90
UtiliTrack linear guide
226 235
v-rail guidance system
244 247
117 122
Guide
curved
106 107
straight
104 105
in H
358 362
Guide units
255
handle
carrying
104
clamp lever
96 101
cylindrical revolving
62 63
door handle for aluminium profile
329 331
for indexing
96 101
mushroom
95
spherical
86
star
80 81
44 69
handling
made to measure
67 77
handwheel
small 6 lobe handle
84 85
rod end
102 111
head
swivel head
130 131
technical informations
329 330
heat tratment
angle plate for aluminium profile
301, 320
hinge
ball and socket joints
112 113
bearing
98 101
clevis components, short version
114 118
321
hinge pin
mechanical
150 157
Indicator
for suction cup
20 21
Insert
self-tapping
384 391
set
screw
fixing
76 77, 118 129
jaw
297
joining bar
ball
and
socket
112 113
joint
350 353
quick
274 275
rubber cover for univeral joints
80, 90
HPC
Volume 5 2013 5 377
Index by name
Junction
Kit
latch
leadscrew
lever
linear table
linear slides
link
lock
Volume Page
chain link
connecting plate
motorisation
locking assembly
locking bolt
lockut
machine - accessories
machine tool parts
made to measure
magnetic stud
manual bench press
mini-actuator
mini-adjusting unit
modular structures
moto-gearboxes
motorised linear slide

quick
lock system
machine accessories
one way needle bearing

open channel
panel
peek
pin
pinion
motorised
mounted on profile
AC
DC
motorised linear actuator

nut
informations
378 5 Volume 5 2013
bearing locknut
knurled thumb nut
rivet nut
thumb
trapezoidal
wing knob
brush
connecting plate
precision spur gear
precision worm and wheel
coiled spring
anti-backlash gear
bevel gear
chain
chain tensioner
HPC
97, 99
38, 63, 81
134 135
134 135, 257
262 266, 274
102 103
225, 318 325
346 349
290 293, 97, 99
256, 332
108 147
200 241
118 129
42 45
80 87
200 241
16 41
327 353, 482 491
138 144
37 41
300 305
355 357
266 315
151 165
132 143
292 362
80 87
294
89 90
372 375
92
267 276
82
75
287, 341
54 55
38, 63, 81
298 300, 314 315
424 437
372 383
330 336
166 167
116 135
86 95
106 111
Index by name
Pinion
Profile
Positioning-Indexing
Potentiometre
Power supplies
rack
rail
retaining clamp
rigging screw
right angle
rivet
rod
rotary table
rubber
screw
Volume Page
double spur gear
drive sprocket
helical gear
internal
precision helical gear
precision spur gear
precision shaft
shaft
toothed bar to order
aluminium
dual purpose strip for aluminium profile
guide
sliding profile
stainless steel
wear strip
for motor-gearboxes
precision
standard
guide
roller guide
quarter turn latch
chain sprocket
with hook/eye
reducers
for clamp
drive
rubber wheel
anti-backlash lead screw
ballscrew
BHC
CHC
compression spring
driving screws
FHC
HC
high helix leadscrew
knurled thumb screw
HPC
162 165
80 84
304 326
172 180
460 481
390 457
390 395
202 213
202
277 288
346
120 122
258 259
276
108 109
28 59
150
144 146
386 387
184 199
122 247
116 117, 44 45
200 229
136 137
286
104 111
282 285
210 242, 271 281

367 371
127 129
344 345
80 84
63
323 325
282 283, 278 279
408
400 405
53 59
258 289
406 407
295
414 415
260 261
88, 91, 409 413
Volume 5 2013 5 379
Index by name
Volume Page
screw
precision
shoulder
stainless steel
steel
wing knob
worms and wheels
sealing strip
servo amplifier
shackle
bow
straight
centerless ground
flexible
for linear guide
splined
self-centering
locking washer
splined
precision
shaft
shaft collar
shims
shock absorber
rotary
shocks
shoulder screw
sleeves
slide
spacer
spring
cylindrical
hexagonal
spring loaded position switch

spring plunger
square
square tube structures
suction cup
suction finger
support bracket
support
380 5 Volume 5 2013
linear
telescopic
cylindrical
hexagonal
compression
gas
narrow spur rack
torsion
traction
with moving nut
electric contact
connector
magnetic stud
with bellows
rotation
fixing support
HPC
358 383
394 399
396 399, 404 407

394 395, 400 403
82
136 159
230 233
147 149, 164
278 279
276 277
24 25
68 73
198 203
113,115 117
118 129
326
113,115 117
88
219 239
208 211
212 218
396
392
360 361
294 295
130 173
234 241
362 366
352 361
160 172
201 205 226 229
186 193
184 185
172 183
306 317
53
54 58
246 250
244 262
138 144
16 21
28 29
133
251
Index by name
Support
Teeths size
Threaded adjustable
Thrust
Timing pulley
Toggle
Toggle clamp
Tripod
Tube
universal joint
washer
wire thimble
wheel
worm and wheel
Volume Page
for detector
for guide
for guiding shaft
shaft support for aluminium profile
gears
racks
bearing
shaped elasto mount
panel stop
modular structures
heavy duty
support base
square
rubber cover
dynamic
self aligning
spring washer
standard
for cable
belt tensioner rollers
conveyor wheel
idler sprocket
roller wheel for aluminium profile
rubber tyred wheel
precision range
standard
HPC
336 337
134 135
204 205
344
199
181
243
76 79
219 239
253
324 328
47 55, 66 77
20 28
108 121
122 133
159
245
80, 90
194 197
416
89
417
268 269
102 103
46 47,49,51,94 97
86 91
345
63
360 383
138 159
Volume 5 2013 5 381
Your parts
made to measure
Bore, keyway,
from samples...

cial2@hpceurope.com
HPC in Europe
Italia
Ct Meca S.r.l.
Corso G. Marconi 10
10125 Torino - Italia
www.ctmeca.com
E-mail: info2@ctmeca.com
Tel: +(39) 011 760 95 05

Fax: +(39) 011 760 91 51
France
United Kingdom
Engrenages HPC
Ondrives Ltd.
58, chemin de la Bruyre

69570 Dardilly (Lyon) - France
Tl. : +33(0)4 37 496 496
Fax : +33(0)4 37 490 055
Foxwood Industrial Park

Chesterfield, Derbyshire, S41 9RN, UK
Tel.: +44 1246 455 500
Fax: +44 1246 455 522
E-mail: cial2@hpceurope.com
E-mail: sales@ondrives.com
www.hpceurope.com
www.ondrives.com
FREE Catalogues
ate
Immedi ad
downlo
RTL4
50_F
rett
eDeS
erra
ge
1/02
/12
Fret
Cou
te de
16:0
- Se
Page
place
- Couple
- Autocen
entre
1
- Pression transm
1
l'arbre
- Montag trant issible
Page
- Pas
uniform
et
trs l'alsag
- Elimine
de e et
16:03
lev
ment
2
contrai jeu dmont
e
rpartie
clavett les
1/02/1
- Augme ntes concen age facile
dues tration
rage
larbre e
C
- Rsiste nte
aux
la
eDeSer
s de
- Possibil
section
rainure
L
aux
_Frett
srie
B
s de
- Matire it de mouvem rsistan
RTL450
.Optio : acier monter ents alternte de
3 lmen
- Autres
ns.
s
(jusqu diamt
ts en
.Info. un res
C
alsagedisponi
-*
L
.
- * PN :
bles
d=300m
B
PW Pression
A
: Pression
D
et l'alsage
m)
de
l'arbretrs lev
le
entre
de surface
surface
placetransmissib
sur
rpartie
- Se
D
ent facile
nt
Rfren
sur le moyeu
A
- Couple
larbre
RTL450-2 ces
uniformm
- Autocentra
dmontage
de de
RTL450-3
ions
- Pression et
A
RTL450-3 5-55
rainures
- Montage
de jeu concentrat
RTL450-3 0-55
les dues aux
D
25
de
- Pas
s
RTL450-4 5-60
30
- Elimine
rsistante
55
B
RTL450-4 8-75
contrainte
35
section
55
RTL450-4 0-75
REMI
38
clavette la
32
ts alterns en
L
60
RTL450-4 2-75
Qt
40
32
SES
- Augmente mouvemen3 lments
75
40
RTL450-5 5-75
C
Rem. 1+
42
larbre aux monter
44
Vis
Couple
75
40
Prix 6+
RTL450-5 8-80
de
45
44
Rsiste
46
de
M
-10% 20+
Serrage
100+
75
54
RTL450-6 0-80
48
44
6xM6x35 TA
46
Couple
-15% 40+
60+
- Possibilit
transmissibl
75
54
RTL450-6 5-85
Sur demande
40+
(Nm) effort
50
44
6xM6x35
-20% 60+
: acier
srie
60
20+
-25%
80
54
RTL450-7 0-90
6+
REMISES
55
-20%
-25%
T (Nm)axial e ou
44
7xM6x45
62
17
- Matire
1+
100+
80
-15%
54
*P
.
RTL450-7 5-95
Qt
Sur
60
Uni.
44
disponibles
7xM8x50
62
17
demande
Prix
(N/mm W
Prix -10%
85
54
d=300mm)
RTL450-8 0-110
65
840
56
7xM8x50
Rem.
2)
*PN 2
62
5
*P
.Options
17
diamtres
90
54
) 1
1 000
RTL450-8 5-115
alsage
70
Couple ou *PW
(N/mm N
56
7xM8x50
62
295
41
F
moyeu
- Autres un
2 ) (N/mm
95
de
64
2) Prix
1 360
RTL450-9 0-120
23,73 F
75
56
7xM8x50
Couple transmissible
sur le
62
246
41
(jusqu
110
Uni.
effort axial (N/mm
64
larbre
2 740
RTL450-9 5-125
134
134
80
1
56
24,40 F
8xM8x50
72
174
Serrage T (Nm)
41
115
de surface sur
5
64
2 880
RTL450-1 0-130
134
295
134
85
70
8xM8x50
Vis
surface
29,69 F
72
296
23,73
41
120
5-135
TA (Nm)
.Info..
840
64
Pression de
3 030
101
246
90
101
70
N:
9xM8x50
M
72
281
24,40 F
37,05 F
41
125
00-145
78
- * P W : Pression
3 240
150
17
1 000
95
174
70
C
150
72 10xM8x5
268
29,69 F
41
130
37,05 F
78
-*P
3 950
100
150
17
1 360
6xM6x35
70
L
296
88 10xM8x5 0 41
250
37,05 F
150 - 40,07
135
Se place
78
46 6xM6x35
4 150
150
F
17
70
2 740
B
88 10xM10x6 0 41
207
37,05 F
281
145
150 - Couple
entre
40,07 F
78
40
5 150
150
46 7xM6x45
41
70
2 880
D
88 10xM10x6 0 41
200
40,07 F
l'arbre
268
150
78
32
6 200
124
40
60 7xM8x50
- 46,19 Ftransmissibl
90
41
A
88 11xM10x6 0 83
et
205
40,07 F
3 030
250
124 Autocentran
78
46,19 F
55
6 750
32
54
62 7xM8x50
98
e trs l'alsage
88 12xM10x6 0 83
202
46,19 F
41
-98Pression
3 240
100
207
11 500
25
52,30 F t
55
104
lev
44
54
62 7xM8x50
88 12xM10x6
187
46,19 F
Rfrences
83
41
3 950
12 300
200
- 104
30
106
Montage
56,27 uniformme
60
112 12xM10x6 0 83
44
54
62 7xM8x50
223
52,30 F
F
41
4 150
14 500
205 - 106
RTL450-25-55
100
35
75
nt rpartie
11xM12x8 0 83
44
54
Pas de 61,75etF dmontage
223
56,27 F
62 8xM8x50
41
0
15 400
5 150
202
114
RTL450-30-55
100
38
84,23 F
75
jeu
44
215
61,75 F
54
62 8xM8x50
0 83
17 800
41
6 200
facile
114
187- Elimine
RTL450-35-60
114
40
145
91,27 F
75
215
84,23 F
44
54
72 9xM8x50
18 700
41
6 750
115
223contraintes
concentrati
RTL450-38-75
114 les
42
208
97,16
75
91,27 F
44
64
72 10xM8x50 41
26 300
F
115
11 500
223
RTL450-40-75
115 104,16
45
208
97,16 F
clavette
80
ons de
56
dues
64
72 10xM8x50 83
115
104,16 F
12 300 - 215
RTL450-42-75
115 107,37 F aux rainures
200
48
80
56
64
Augmente
72 10xM10x60 83
115
107,37 F
14 500
215
RTL450-45-75
115 121,42 F
50
85
56
64
107
de
88 10xM10x60 83
F
121,42 F
15 400 larbre
section
208
RTL450-48-80
115 la 163,08
55
90
56
78
88 11xM10x60 83
163,08 F
rsistante
- Rsiste
17 800
208
RTL450-50-80
107
60
95
70
78
88 12xM10x60 83
F
de
18- 700
200 aux mouvement
RTL450-55-85
65
Possibilit
70
110
78
88 12xM10x60 83
26 300
RTL450-60-90
70
de monter s alterns
70
115
78
srie
88 12xM10x60 145
RTL450-65-95 0
75
70
120
78
88 11xM12x80
- Matire
3 lments
RTL450-70-11 5
80
70
125
78
: acier
112
en
RTL450-75-11 0
85
70
130
100
5
RTL450-80-12
90
90
135
RTL450-85-12 0
95
145
- Autres
RTL450-90-13 5 100
(jusqudiamtres
RTL450-95-13 45
disponibles
un alsage
RTL450-100-1
ple
trs
serr
age
lev
aut
ante
centr 50
RTL4
o-ce
ntr
ge autoRTL antde
serra
e e lev
450
Frett
trs
le
Coup
RTL450_
FretteD
eSerrag
1/02/12
Frette
Coupl
.Options
16:03
Page
de serra
e trs
lev
ge auto-
L
B
centrante
RTL450
A D
.Info..
d=300mm)
- * PN
- * PW : Pression de
: Pression
surface
de surface sur le
moyeu
sur larbre
REMISES
Rfrences
Qt 1+
A
RTL450-25-55
Rem. Prix 6+ 20+ 40+
D
RTL450-30-55
-10% -15%
B
60+
25
Couple de
-20% -25% 100+
L
55
RTL450-35-60
Vis
Couple
30
C
Serrage transmissible
Sur demande
32
55
RTL450-38-75
M
40
35
ou
32
46 6xM6x35 TA (Nm) Teffort axial *PW
60
RTL450-40-75
40
38
(Nm)
*PN
44
(N/mm 2)
46 6xM6x35 17
75
RTL450-42-75
54
40
(N/mm 2) Prix Uni.
44
60 7xM6x45 17
840
75
RTL450-45-75
54
42
15
295
44
1 000
62 7xM8x50 17
75
RTL450-48-80
134
54
45
246
44
23,73 F
1 360
62 7xM8x50 41
75
RTL450-50-80
134
54
48
174
44
24,40 F
2 740
62 7xM8x50 41
80
RTL450-55-85
101
54
50
296
44
29,69 F
2 880
62 7xM8x50 41
80
RTL450-60-90
150
54
55
281
56
37,05 F
3 030
62 8xM8x50 41
85
RTL450-65-95
150
64
60
268
56
37,05 F
3 240
72 8xM8x50 41
90
RTL450-70-110
150
64
65
250
56
40,07 F
3 950
72 9xM8x50 41
95
RTL450-75-115
150
64
70
207
56
40,07 F
4 150
110
72 10xM8x50 41
RTL450-80-120
124
64
75
200
70
46,19 F
5 150
115
72 10xM8x50 41
RTL450-85-125
98
78
80
205
70
46,19 F
6 200
120
88 10xM10x60 41
RTL450-90-130
104
78
85
202
70
52,30 F
6 750
125
88 10xM10x60 83
RTL450-95-135
106
78
90
187
70
56,27 F
11 500
130
88 11xM10x60 83
RTL450-100-14
100
78
95
223
70
61,75 F
12 300
135
88 12xM10x60 83
5 100
114
78
223
70
84,23 F
14 500
145
88 12xM10x60 83
114
78
215
90
91,27 F
15 400
88 12xM10x60 83
115
100
215
97,16 F
17 800
112 11xM12x80 83
115
208
104,16
18 700
115
F
145
208
107,37
26 300
115
F
200
121,42
107
F
163,08
F
www.hpceurope.com
Catalogue section
By post
Fill in the request form on-line or complete this form and fax it to:
Fax. +33(0)4 37 490 055

Company:....................................................................................................................................
Sector:..........................................................................................................................................
Business adress:..........................................................................................................................
Postcode: .................... Town:............................................................Country:...........................
Mrs
Mr:...........................................................................................................................
Job title:.......................................................................................................................................
Tel.:.................................................................. Fax:......................................................................
Size of company:
0 to 50
51 to 150
151 to 400
401 +
www.hpceurope.com
allows you to :
ORDER
all of our products

from our site
DOWNLOAD
files for all products

from our CAD portal
DOWNLOAD
all our catalogues

in PDF format
Ask for our free catalogues
Engrenages HPC
58, Chemin de la Bruyre

69570 Dardilly - Lyon - France
Mail: cial2@hpceurope.com - Web: www.hpceurope.com

Tel. +33(0)4 37496496
Fax. +33(0)4 37490055

Conveyors and Housing

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Conveyors and Housing

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Mechanical components by mail order

Tel. +33(0) 37 496 496

Image index 1/4

Ball transfer unit

Brush strip for

Discounts : maximum discount on price list 2012

End cap for tube

Sealing brush strip

Adjusting rod for

Turn the page

Image index 3/4

Discounts : maximum discount on price list 2012

Clamp and comer

Roller block for

+33(0)4 37 496 496 - www.hpceurope.com

Buyers guide........................................................................................................................................................ p.10

Index icons........................................................................................................................................................................ p.13

Machine tools parts...................................................................................................................... p.14

Plate chains and accessories.............................................................................................. p.70

Conveyor components.......................................................................................................... p.150

Square tube structures....................................................................................................... p.242

Modular structures.................................................................................................................. p.264

Accessories for modular structure............................................................................... p.316

General terms and conditions of sale.........................................................................................p.364

Part number index....................................................................................................................................p.374

Engrenages HPC in Europe................................................................................................................................. p.383

Services available from

ONLINE ORDERING AVAILABLE 24/24

www.hpceurope.com - +33(0)4 37 496 496

*Some restrictions apply. For deliveries to French mainland only.

+33(0)4 37 490 055 - cial2@hpceurope.com

www.hpceurope.com - +33(0)4 37 496 496

For all your questions

www.hpceurope.com - +33(0)4 37 496 496

www.hpceurope.com - +33(0)4 37 496 496

+33(0)4 37 490 055 - cial2@hpceurope.com

Send us your requests to

+33(0)4 37 490 055 - cial2@hpceurope.com

Theoretical force (N) of the suction cup at vacuum level (%)

www.hpceurope.com - +33(0)4 37 496 496

Suction cup, 1.5 bellows

*Depending on availability - Dimensions in mm

+33(0)4 37 490 055 - cial2@hpceurope.com

Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

Suction cup, 2.5 bellows

- F or moving parts with irregular or curved surfaces

*Depending on availability - Dimensions in mm

Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

www.hpceurope.com - +33(0)4 37 496 496

Flat suction cup

Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

*Depending on availability - Dimensions in mm

+33(0)4 37 490 055 - cial2@hpceurope.com

Suction cup threaded insert

- Threaded insert for suction cup

Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

*Depending on availability - Dimensions in mm

www.hpceurope.com - +33(0)4 37 496 496

Suction cup threaded insert

Socket screw insert

Qty. 1+ 50+ 100+ 150+

Insert socket head

For suction cup

- F or moving parts with irregular or curved surfaces

- Threaded insert for suction cup

- Universal adjustable support

- V ersion with stainless steel parts

- Insert the indicator on to the

- All types of machines